EMC 69001166 Portable Media Storage User Manual


Add to my manuals
330 Pages

advertisement

EMC 69001166 Portable Media Storage User Manual | Manualzz

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

P/N 069001166

REV A17

EMC Corporation

Corporate Headquarters:

Hopkinton, MA 01748 -9103

1 -508 -435 -1000 www.EMC.com

Copyright © 2002-2005, EMC Corporation. All rights reserved.

Published January, 2005

EMC believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date. The information is subject to change without notice.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS." EMC CORPORATION

MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE

INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Use, copying, and distribution of any EMC software described in this publication requires an applicable software license.

Trademark Information

EMC

2

, EMC, CLARiiON, Navisphere, PowerPath, Symmetrix are registered trademarks and Access Logix, FLARE, MirrorView, Powerlink, SAN Copy, and SnapView are trademarks of EMC Corporation.

All other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners.

ii

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Contents

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

AIX Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for AIX............................................... 1-2

Required Host Software Revisions......................................... 1-2

Prerequisites .............................................................................. 1-3

Documentation.......................................................................... 1-4

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and New Storage

System................................................................................................ 1-6

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage

System.............................................................................................. 1-12

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and New Storage

System.............................................................................................. 1-22

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage

System.............................................................................................. 1-29

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Configurations for HP-UX ......................................... 2-2

Required Host Software Revisions......................................... 2-3

Prerequisites .............................................................................. 2-3

Documentation.......................................................................... 2-4

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage

System................................................................................................ 2-7

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage

System.............................................................................................. 2-13

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and New Storage

System.............................................................................................. 2-26

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing

Storage System ............................................................................... 2-33

DMP Configurations for HP-UX ................................................. 2-45

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

iii

Contents

Chapter 3

Required Host Software Revisions ...................................... 2-46

Prerequisites ............................................................................ 2-46

Documentation ....................................................................... 2-47

DMP Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................. 2-48

Configurations for HP-UX Without EMC Failover Software.. 2-53

Prerequisites ............................................................................ 2-53

Documentation ....................................................................... 2-54

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System.............................................................. 2-55

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath Configurations for Linux ........................................... 3-2

Required Host Software Revisions ........................................ 3-3

Prerequisites .............................................................................. 3-3

Documentation ......................................................................... 3-4

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................... 3-7

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage

System ............................................................................................. 3-13

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................. 3-23

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing

Storage System ............................................................................... 3-29

DMP Configurations for Linux.................................................... 3-39

Required Host Software Revisions ...................................... 3-39

Prerequisites ............................................................................ 3-39

Documentation ....................................................................... 3-40

DMP Checklist - New Linux Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................. 3-42

Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software .... 3-47

Prerequisites ............................................................................ 3-47

Documentation ....................................................................... 3-48

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage System.............................................................. 3-49

iv

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Contents

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

NetWare Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for NetWare...................................... 4-2

Required Host Software Revisions ........................................ 4-3

Prerequisites.............................................................................. 4-3

Documentation ......................................................................... 4-4

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................... 4-7

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing

Storage System............................................................................... 4-12

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New

Storage System............................................................................... 4-21

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing

Storage System............................................................................... 4-28

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for Solaris ......................................... 5-2

Required Host Software Revisions ........................................ 5-3

Prerequisites.............................................................................. 5-3

Documentation ......................................................................... 5-4

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................... 5-8

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage

System ............................................................................................. 5-14

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................. 5-25

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing

Storage System............................................................................... 5-32

DMP Configurations for Solaris.................................................. 5-45

Required Host Software Revisions ...................................... 5-45

Prerequisites ........................................................................... 5-45

Documentation ....................................................................... 5-46

DMP Checklist - New Solaris Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................. 5-48

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

v

Contents

Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Tru64 UNIX Configurations ........................................................... 6-2

Prerequisites .............................................................................. 6-2

Documentation ......................................................................... 6-3

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System

Without Boot Disk ........................................................................... 6-4

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System

With Boot Disk ................................................................................. 6-6

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for Windows ..................................... 7-2

Required Host Software Revisions ........................................ 7-3

Prerequisites .............................................................................. 7-4

Documentation ......................................................................... 7-5

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................... 7-7

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing

Storage System Without Boot Disk ............................................. 7-14

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing

Storage System With Boot Disk ................................................... 7-25

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New

Storage System ............................................................................... 7-37

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing

Storage System ............................................................................... 7-45

DMP Configurations for Windows ............................................. 7-57

Required Host Software Revisions ...................................... 7-57

Prerequisites ............................................................................ 7-58

Documentation ....................................................................... 7-59

DMP Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................. 7-60

Using Windows DMP ............................................................ 7-64

Appendix A Customer Support

Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems ...................... A-2

Troubleshooting the Problem ....................................................... A-3

Before Calling the Customer Support Center ............................ A-4

Documenting the Problem ........................................................... A-5

Reporting a New Problem ............................................................ A-6

Sending Problem Documentation ............................................... A-7

vi

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Preface

Audience

This manual contains checklists of the tasks required to install an

EMC CX-Series or FC4700-Series storage system in a configuration with a server running the AIX

®

, HP-UX

®

, IRIX

®

, Linux

®

, Novell

®

NetWare

®

, Solaris

, Tru64

®

UNIX

®

, Windows Server 2003, or

Windows

®

2000 operating system.

As part of an effort to improve and enhance the performance and capabilities of its product line, EMC from time to time releases revisions of its hardware and software. Therefore, some functions described in this roadmap may not be supported by all revisions of the software or hardware currently in use.

For the most up-to-date information on product features, refer to your product release notes.

If a product does not function properly or does not function as described in this roadmap, please contact your EMC representative.

This roadmap is intended for use by system administrators and/or service personnel during installation of CLARiiON

®

Fibre Channel storage systems.

Readers of this roadmap should be familiar with the following topics:

The operating system running on the server that you are installing.

How the operating system handles the device names of physical disks (LUNs).

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

vii

Preface

Organization

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

Chapter 3

Installation checklist for an AIX server with EMC

PowerPath

®

software.

Installation checklist for an HP-UX server with and without EMC PowerPath or VERITAS

®

DMP.

Installation checklist for a Linux server with and without EMC PowerPath or VERITAS

®

DMP.

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

Installation checklist for a NetWare server with EMC

PowerPath software.

Installation checklists for a Solaris server with EMC

PowerPath or VERITAS DMP software.

Installation checklist for a Tru64 UNIX server.

Chapter 6

Chapter 7

Installation checklists for a Microsoft Windows Server

2003 or Windows 2000 server with EMC PowerPath or

VERITAS

®

DMP software.

Appendix A

Reviews the EMC process for detecting and resolving software problems, and provides essential questions that you should answer before contacting the EMC

Customer Support Center.

Conventions Used in

This Guide

EMC uses the following conventions for notes and cautions.

A note presents information that is important, but not hazard-related.

!

CAUTION

A caution contains information essential to avoid damage to the system or equipment. The caution may apply to hardware or software.

viii

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Preface

Finding Current

Information

Where to Get Help

Typographical Conventions

This manual uses the following format conventions

This typeface

Specific filenames or complete paths.

Dialog box names and menu items in text.

Selections you can make from the user interface, including buttons, icons, options, and field names.

Emphasis in cautions and warnings.

This typeface

New terms or unique word usage in text.

Command line arguments when used in text.

This typeface

x > y

Represents a system response (such as a message or prompt), a file or program listing.

Represents a menu path. For example, Operations

> Poll All Storage Systems

tells you to select Poll

All Storage Systems

on the Operations menu.

The most up-to-date information about the CX-Series and FC-Series storage systems is posted on the EMC Powerlink

website. We recommend that you download the latest information before you install one of these storage systems. If you purchased your storage system from an EMC reseller and you cannot access Powerlink, the latest product information should be available from your reseller.

To access EMC Powerlink, use the following link: http://powerlink.emc.com

After you log in, select Support > Document Library and find the documents you want.

For questions about technical support, call your local sales office or service provider.

If you have a valid EMC service contract, contact EMC Customer

Service at:

United States: (800) 782-4362 (SVC-4EMC)

Canada: (800) 543-4782 (543-4SVC)

Worldwide: (508) 497-7901

Follow the voice menu prompts to open a service call and select the applicable product support.

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

ix

Preface

Sales and Customer

Service Contacts

Your Comments

For the list of EMC sales locations, please access the EMC home page at: http://www.EMC.com/contact/

For additional information on the EMC products and services available to customers and partners, refer to the EMC Powerlink™ website: http://powerlink.EMC.com

Your suggestions will help us continue to improve the accuracy, organization, and overall quality of the user publications. Please send a message to [email protected]

with your opinions of this guide.

x

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

1

AIX Installation

Checklists

This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install a

CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with an IBM AIX

® server and PowerPath

®

failover software. The sections for the different configurations are

PowerPath Configurations for AIX .................................................1-2

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and New Storage

System..................................................................................................1-6

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage

System................................................................................................1-12

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and New Storage

System................................................................................................1-22

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage

System................................................................................................1-29

AIX Installation Checklists

1-1

AIX Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for AIX

Read this section if you are installing a AIX PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system. A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running AIX and not connected to any storage system.

existing server

- A server running AIX and that is already connected to one or more storage systems.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

existing storage system

- A CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700, or

FC4700-Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a EMC Navisphere

®

domain.

All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX300,

CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage systems. If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server, the server cannot run AIX PowerPath.

Required Host

Software Revisions

AIX operating system revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

AIX PowerPath

• For CX400, CX600, and FC-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.0 with patch 3.0.2 or higher

• For CX300, CX500, and CX700 storage systems

Version 3.0.4 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath Release Notes for

UNIX on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your AIX version.

1-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Prerequisites

AIX Installation Checklists

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com) .

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to the SPs in the storage system.

For most configurations, you must also have a host that is

• Running Navisphere CLI version 6.X.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to SPs in the storage system.

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SnapView

and MirrorView

software if you have this software. The following documents will help you with this planning:

EMC Storage Systems CX400-Series and CX600-Series

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003113)

EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage

Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700-2

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003087)

PowerPath Configurations for AIX

1-3

AIX Installation Checklists

Documentation

Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• PCI HBA and native IBM HBA driver

• Switches and switch management software

• AIX operating system and HACMP (if using HACMP)

Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover

Software (P/N 069001173)

PowerPath Version 4.3 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-673) or

PowerPath Version 4.2 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-521) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-047)

PowerPath for AIX Version 4.3 Installation and Administration Guide

(P/N 300-000-683) or

PowerPath for AIX Version 4.2 Installation and Administration Guide

(P/N 300-000-530) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 for UNIX Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-000-511)

EMC CX-Series Server Software for AIX Installation Guide

(P/N 300-002-044) or

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for AIX Version 6.X Installation

Guide (P/N 069001145)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Version 6.X Reference

(P/N 069001038)

EMC Storage-System Host Utilities for AIX Administrator’s Guide

(P/N 069001137)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-799)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082) - for SPS installation only

1-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX400-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003105) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) CX600-Series Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003078) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003104)

FC4700-2 Setup Guide (P/N 0140373)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for IBM AIX (P/N 300-000-608)

PowerPath Configurations for AIX

1-5

AIX Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and New Storage System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Install HBA driver.

Execute the following command:

cfgmgr

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

3 Server

Install EMC ODM

Support software

Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it.

Install EMC ODM Support using SMIT or the command line.

Note: The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/aix/ODM_DEFINITIONS

4 Server

I nstall Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

If you installed the Host Agent, edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

5 Server

Install admsnap

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

AIX documentation

Host connectivity guide

AIX utilities administrator’s guide

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX installation Guide

1-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

6 Server

Install

PowerPath

With Access Logix

Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath using SMIT or from the command line.

Reference Document

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

7 Switches

Install

For a SAN

Install switches, if not already installed.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

On the server:

• Download emc_cfgmgr.sh from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix .

• Execute the following commands

cfgmgr

Rails, cabinet, and switch documentation

AIX documentation

Checkpoint - Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

Switch documentation

8 Storage System

Install

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and New Storage System

1-7

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

9 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

10 Storage System

Cable

With Access Logix

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a non-AIX host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, and/or MirrorView software, install their enablers.

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

Switch documentation

11 Storage System

Set up security

12 Storage System

Set properties for PowerPath

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Storage-system setup guide.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage system’s default system type, failover mode, and array commpath values:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1 (enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

Navisphere CLI reference where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

1-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

13 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

If MirrorView is installed, create any required zones for it.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

14 Server

Make target SPs available

Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Checkpoint - Verify that AIX sees LUNZ devices with the following AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

If AIX does not see LUNZ devices

• Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 12.

• Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Switch management documentation

AIX documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

AIX documentation

Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command: rmdev -dl hdisk n where n is the hdisk number for the LUNZ device.

Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmg.sh

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and New Storage System

1-9

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

15 Storage System

Configure

16 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

17 Server

Configure devices

With Access Logix

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Download the following command from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix and execute it:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

AIX documentation

PowerPath product guide

Checkpoint - Verify that the server sees hdisk devices for the LUNs.

Checkpoint - Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command:

AIX documentation

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 12.

Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

Checkpoint if the Host Agent is installed - Use Navisphere Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

1-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

18 Serve

Make LUNs available to AIX

With Access Logix

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs.

If AIX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the Storage

Group.

Reference Document

Host connectivity guide or AIX documentation

19 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

AIX documentation

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled paths becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and New Storage System

1-11

AIX Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA documentation

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Install HBA driver.

Execute the following command:

cfgmgr

Install HBA driver.

Execute the following command:

cfgmgr

AIX documentation

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Host connectivity guide

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

3 Server

Install EMC ODM

Support software

Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it.

Install EMC ODM Support using

SMIT or the command line.

Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD, and mount it

Install EMC ODM Support using

SMIT or the command line.

AIX utilities administrator’s guide

Note: The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/aix/ODM_D

EFINITIONS

Note: The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/aix/ODM_D

EFINITIONS

1-12

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

5 Server

I nstall Host

Agent or Server

Utility

6 Server

Install admsnap

With Access Logix

4 Server

Install PowerPath

Insert the PowerPath installation

CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath using SMIT or from the command line.

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Without Access Logix

Insert the PowerPath installation

CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath using SMIT or from the command line

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Reference Document

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

If you installed the Host Agent, edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

If you installed the Host Agent, edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

N/A

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-13

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

7 Storage System

Update software

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• Access Logix

• Navisphere SP Agent

• Navisphere Storage

Management Server Software

• Navisphere Manager UI

• SAN Copy driver and UI

• SnapView driver and UI

• MirrorView driver and UI

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down.

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• FLARE

• Navisphere SP Agent

• Navisphere Storage

Management Server Software

• Navisphere Manager UI

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

1-14

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

8 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the initiator type, failover mode, and array commpath properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the initiator type, failover mode, and array commpath properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help or

Navisphere CLI reference

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1

(enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1

(enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-15

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

9 Server

Cable to switches or storage system

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Execute the following AIX command:

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Execute the following AIX command:

Storage-system setup guide.

AIX documentation

cfgmgr cfgmgr

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

Switch documentation

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

10 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

If MirrorView is installed, create any required zones for it.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Switch management documentation

1-16

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

11 Server

Make target SPs available

With Access Logix

On the server:

• Download emc_cfgmgr.sh from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix .

• Execute the following commands

cfgmgr

Without Access Logix

On the server:

• Download emc_cfgmgr.sh from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix .

• Execute the following commands

cfgmgr

Checkpoint - Verify that each

HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following AIX command:

lsdev -Cc array

Checkpoint - Verify that each

HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following AIX command:

lsdev -Cc array

Checkpoint - Verify that AIX sees

LUNZ devices with the following

AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

Checkpoint - Verify that AIX sees

LUNZ devices with the following

AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

If AIX does not see LUNZ devices

• Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 12.

• Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

If AIX does not see LUNZ devices

• Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 12.

• Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Reference Document

AIX documentation

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-17

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

11 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

12 Storage System

Configure

13 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix

List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group.

N/A

If the server will use a new

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage

Group, and assign LUNs to the

Storage Group.

Without Access Logix

List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

Reference Document

AIX documentation

Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command:

rmdev -dl hdisk

n where n is the hdisk number for the LUNZ device.

Execute the following AIX command:

cfgmgr

Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command:

rmdev -dl hdisk

n where n is the hdisk number for the LUNZ device.

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the array commpath property to 0:

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the array commpath property to 0:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 0

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 0

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Execute the following AIX command:

cfgmgr

AIX documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage

Group.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

1-18

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

14 Server

Configure devices

With Access Logix

Execute the following command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Without Access Logix

Execute the following command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Reference Document

AIX documentation

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

PowerPath product guide

Checkpoint - Verify that the servers see hdisk devices for the

LUNs.

Checkpoint - Verify that the servers see hdisk devices for the

LUNs.

AIX documentation

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 8.

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 8.

PowerPath product guide

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

Checkpoint if the Host Agent is

installed - Use Navisphere

Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices.

Checkpoint if the Host Agent is

installed - Use Navisphere

Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-19

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

15 Server

Make LUNs available to AIX

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the

LUNs.

If AIX does not recognize any

LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the

LUNs.

Host connectivity guide or AIX documentation

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

AIX documentation

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

1-20

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled paths becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled paths becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

PowerPath product guide

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original state with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original state with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-21

AIX Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of

Application Transparent Failover (ATF) or CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the AIX ATF administrator’s guide or the AIX utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to it original state, and may result in lost data.

1-22

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

1 Server

Unmount file systems and vary off volumes

With Access Logix

Unmount any file systems that reside on the storage system.

Vary off any volume groups that reside on the storage systems.

Reference Document

AIX documentation

2 Server

Replace

CLARiiON HBA driver

If the CLARiiON HBA driver is installed

Remove the hdisk devices for LUNs in the storage system.

Replace it with the IBM HBA driver.

AIX documentation

HBA driver documentation

3 Server

Remove ATF or

CDE

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself

(see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC Professional

Services remove it.

4 Server

Install EMC ODM

Support software

Remove the DiskArray software,.

CAUTION Do not reboot the server.

Disconnect any non-FC4700 or non-CX-Series storage systems.

PowerPath does not support these storage systems.

Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it.

Install EMC ODM Support using SMIT or ODM or the command line.

Note: The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/aix/ODM_DEFINITIONS

Reboot the server.

5 Server

Replace IBM

HBAs and/or

Install additional

HBAs

Removing ATF or CDE

AIX utilities administrator’s guide

Note: PowerPath requires IBM PCI HBAs and the driver supported by IBM for

AIX.

If the server has IBM HBAs connected to the storage system, replace them with the IBM HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

HBA documentation

6 Server

Update Software

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent and CLI

• admsnap

Execute the following command:

cfgmgr

HBA driver documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX installation Guide

AIX documentation

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and New Storage System

1-23

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

7 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

With Access Logix

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for

CLARiiON and PowerPath.

8 Server

Install PowerPath

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath from the command line or using SMIT.

9 Storage System

Install

Reference Document

Host connectivity guide

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

10 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a non-AIX host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, and/or MirrorView software, install their enablers.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

11 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and

LAN

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

Storage-system setup guide.

Switch documentation

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide.

1-24

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

12 Storage System

Set up security

With Access Logix

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Reference Document

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

13 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage system’s, and array commpath properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

14 Server

Cable additional or replacement

HBAs to switches or storage system

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1 (enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

Cable any additional or replacement HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Execute the following AIX command:

cfgmgr

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide.

AIX documentation

Switch documentation

15 Switches

Zone

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each new HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Switch management documentation

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and New Storage System

1-25

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server

Make target SPs available

17 Storage System

Configure

18 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix

Download the following command from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix and execute it:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Checkpoint - Verify that AIX sees LUNZ devices with the following AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

If AIX does not see LUNZ devices

• Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 12.

Reference Document

AIX documentation

• Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands:

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX installation guide

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command:

rmdev -dl hdisk

n

AIX documentation where n is the hdisk number for the LUNZ device.

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

1-26

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

19 Server

Configure devices

20 Server

Make LUNs available to AIX

With Access Logix

Execute the following command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

Checkpoint - Verify that the server sees hdiskpower devices for the

LUNs.

Checkpoint - Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command:

Reference Document

AIX documentation

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 13.

Restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility with the following AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX installation guide

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Checkpoint if the Host Agent is installed - Use Navisphere Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs.

If AIX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the Storage

Group.

Host connectivity guide or AIX documentation

21 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and New Storage System

1-27

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

21 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

With Access Logix

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

Reference Document

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the previous steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original state with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt restore

PowerPath product guide

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

1-28

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage

System

This checklist assumes that the existing AIX server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration. Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional

Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the AIX ATF administrator’s guide or the AIX utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to it original state, and may result in lost data.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-29

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Unmount file systems and vary off volumes

Unmount any file systems that reside on the storage system.

Vary off any volume groups that reside on the storage systems.

Without Access Logix

Unmount any file systems that reside on the storage system.

Vary off any volume groups that reside on the storage systems.

Reference Document

AIX documentation

2 Server

Replace

CLARiiON HBA driver

If the CLARiiON HBA driver is installed

Remove the hdisk devices for

LUNs in the storage system.

Remove CLArray or

CLARiiON.fcp.

Install the IBM HBA driver.

If the CLARiiON HBA driver is installed

Remove the hdisk devices for

LUNs in the storage system.

Remove CLArray or

CLARiiON.fcp.

Replace it with the IBM HBA driver

AIX documentation

3 Server

Remove ATF or

CDE

4 Server

Install EMC ODM

Support software

Remove the DiskArray software.

CAUTION Do not reboot the server.

Remove the DiskArray software.

CAUTION Do not reboot the server.

HBA driver documentation

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC

Professional Services remove it.

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC

Professional Services remove it.

Removing ATF or CDE

AIX utilities administrator’s guide

Disconnect any non-FC4700 or non-CX-Series storage systems.

PowerPath does not support these storage systems.

Disconnect any non-FC4700 or non-CX-Series storage systems.

PowerPath does not support these storage systems.

Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it.

Insert the AIX Utilities Kit CD and mount it.

Install ODM using SMIT or ODM or the command line.

Note: The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/aix/ODM_D

EFINITIONS

Reboot the server.

Install ODM using SMIT or ODM or the command line.

Note: The EMC ODM Support package is available on the ftp site ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/aix/ODM_D

EFINITIONS

Reboot the server.

1-30

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

5 Server

Replace IBM

HBAs and/or

Install additional

HBAs

Note: PowerPath requires IBM PCI

HBAs and the driver supported by IBM for AIX.

If the server has IBM HBAs connected to the storage system, replace them with the IBM HBAs.

Note: PowerPath requires IBM PCI

HBAs and the driver supported by IBM for AIX.

If the server has IBM HBAs connected to the storage system, replace them with the IBM HBAs.

HBA documentation

6 Server

Update Software

7 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

HBA driver documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX

Installation Guide

Execute the following command:

cfgmgr

Execute the following command:

cfgmgr

AIX documentation

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Host connectivity guide

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-31

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

8 Storage System

Update software

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• Access Logix

• Navisphere SP Agent

• Navisphere Storage

Management Server Software

• Navisphere Manager UI

• SAN Copy driver and UI

• SnapView driver and UI

• MirrorView driver and UI

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down.

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision, update it:

• FLARE

• Navisphere SP Agent

• Navisphere Storage

Management Server Software

• Navisphere Manager UI

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or all paths to an SP are down.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

1-32

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

9 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For new or replacement HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s new or replacement HBA ports (initiators):

For any HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-host

servername

-type 3

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-host

servername

-failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -setpath

-host

servername

-arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system servername is the server’s name or network address

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1

(enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

You will have to remove the LUNZ devices later in the procedure.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-33

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

9 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath (cont.)

For existing HBAs

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the storage system’s initiator type, failover mode, and array commpath properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1

(enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

You will have to remove the LUNZ devices later in the procedure.

For any HBAs (cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage system’s default failover mode and array commpath properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Note: Setting the array commpath property to 1

(enabled) creates LUNZ devices.

You will have to remove the LUNZ devices later in the procedure.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

1-34

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

10 Server

Install PowerPath

Insert the PowerPath installation

CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath from the command line or using SMIT.

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Without Access Logix

Insert the PowerPath installation

CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath from the command line or using SMIT.

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Reference Document

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

11 Server

Cable additional or replacement

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional or replacement HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Execute the following AIX command:

cfgmgr

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable any additional or replacement HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Execute the following AIX command:

cfgmgr

Storage-system setup guide.

AIX documentation

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Switch documentation

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-35

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

11 Server

Cable additional or replacement

HBAs to switches or storage system (cont.)

With Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Without Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Reference Document

12 Switches

Zone for additional HBAs

13 Server

Make target SPs available

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Switch management documentation

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system

Download the following command from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix and execute it:

Download the following command from ftp://ftp.emc.com/pub/elab/ powerpath/aix and execute it:

AIX documentation

emc_cfgmgr.sh

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Checkpoint - Verify that AIX sees

LUNZ devices with the following

AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

Checkpoint - Verify that AIX sees

LUNZ devices with the following

AIX command:

lscfg | grep LUNZ

If AIX does not see LUNZ devices If AIX does not see LUNZ devices

• Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 9.

• Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

• Verify that arraycommpath is set to 1 as described in step 9.

• Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

1-36

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

With Access Logix

Checkpoint - Verify that each

HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following AIX command:

lsdev -Cc array

Without Access Logix

Checkpoint - Verify that each

HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following AIX command:

lsdev -Cc array

Reference Document

AIX documentation

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX installation guide

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command: lscfg | grep LUNZ

List the LUNZ devices with the following AIX command: lscfg | grep LUNZ

AIX documentation

Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command:

rmdev -dl hdisk

n where n is the hdisk number for the LUNZ device.

Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmg.sh

Remove each LUNZ device with the following AIX command:

rmdev -dl hdisk

n where n is the hdisk number for the LUNZ device.

Execute the following AIX command:

emc_cfgmg.sh

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-37

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

14 Server

Configure devices

With Access Logix

If you replaced HBAs or added additional HBAs, use Navisphere

Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server and its

Storage Group.

Without Access Logix Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Execute the following command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

Execute the following command:

emc_cfgmgr.sh

AIX documentation

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

PowerPath product guide

Checkpoint - Verify that the server sees hdiskpower devices for the LUNs.

Checkpoint - Verify that the server sees hdiskpower devices for the LUNs.

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 9.

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 9.

PowerPath product guide

1-38

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

AIX Installation Checklists

Task

14 Server

Configure devices (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility with the following

AIX commands:

Host Agent/

etc/rc.agent stop

/etc/rc.agent start

Server Utility

/usr/lpp/HOSTUTIL/naviserverutil

CX-Series Server

Software for AIX installation guide

Checkpoint if the Host Agent is

Installed - Use Navisphere

Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices.

Checkpoint if the Host Agent is

installed - Use Navisphere

Manager to verify that the LUNs are mapped to hdiskpower devices.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

15 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

PowerPath product guide

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing AIX Server and Existing Storage System

1-39

AIX Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix

15 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Reference Document

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

PowerPath product guide

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the previous steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the previous steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

1-40

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

2

HP-UX Installation

Checklist

This chapter contains a checklist of the tasks required to install

CLARiiON storage in a configuration with PowerPath, VERITAS

DMP, or with no EMC failover software.

Topics are

PowerPath Configurations for HP-UX ...........................................2-2

DMP Configurations for HP-UX....................................................2-45

Configurations for HP-UX Without EMC Failover Software ....2-53

HP-UX Installation Checklist

2-1

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Configurations for HP-UX

Read this section if you are installing an HP-UX® PowerPath™ configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system. A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running HP-UX and not connected to any storage system.

existing server

- A server running HP-UX that is already connected to one or more storage systems.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

existing storage system

- A CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700,

FC4500, or FC4700-Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in an EMC Navisphere® domain.

All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX300,

CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700, FC4500, or FC4700-Series storage systems. If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server, the server cannot run PowerPath.

Topics relating to the checklists for HP-UX PowerPath configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions.................................................. 2-3

Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 2-3

Documentation................................................................................... 2-4

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage

System.................................................................................................. 2-7

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage

System................................................................................................ 2-13

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and New Storage

System................................................................................................ 2-26

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing

Storage System ................................................................................. 2-33

2-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Required Host

Software Revisions

Prerequisites

HP-UX operating system revision listed in the EMC Support

Matrix on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HP-UX PowerPath

• For

CX300,

CX400, CX600, C4500, and FC4700-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.2 or higher

• For CX500 and CX700 storage systems

Version 3.0.3 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for UNIX Release

Notes on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your HP-UX version.

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to the SPs in

CX300,

CX400, CX600, or FC4700-Series storage systems.

For most configurations, you must also have a host that is

• Running Navisphere CLI version 6.X.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to SPs in

CX300,

CX400, CX600, or

FC4700-Series storage systems.

PowerPath Configurations for HP-UX

2-3

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Documentation

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The following documents will help you with this planning:

• EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage

Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273)

EMC CX400-Series and CX600-Series Storage Systems

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003113)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700-2

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003087)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 014003016)

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

• Switches and switch management software

• HP-UX operating system

PowerPath Version 4.3 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-673) or

PowerPath Version 4.2 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-521) or

PowerPath Version 4.1 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-290) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-047)

PowerPath for HP-UX Version 4.3 Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-682) or

PowerPath for HP-UX Version 4.2 Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-529) or

PowerPath Version 4.1 for HP-UX Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-297) or

2-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Version 3.0 for UNIX Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-000-511)

EMC PowerPath Version 4.1 Quick Reference (P/N) 300-001-204)

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for HP-UX Version 6.X

Installation Guide (P/N 069001146) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for HP-UX Installation Guide

(P/N300-002-043)

EMC SnapView Installation Guide (P/N 069001193, revision A02 or higher)

EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide (P/N 069001187)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Reference

(P/N 069001038)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-799)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082) - for SPS installation only

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX400-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003105) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

PowerPath Configurations for HP-UX

2-5

HP-UX Installation Checklist

EMC Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) CX600-Series Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003078) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk -Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and Cabling

Guide

(P/N 014003104)

FC4500 Setup Guide (P/N 014003102, revision A03 or higher)

FC4700-2 Setup Guide (P/N 0140373)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for HP-UX (P/N 300-000-614)

2-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

Install the HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port.

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Install the HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers.

3 Server

Install Host Agent

Install the Navisphere Host Agent and CLI.

4 Server

Install admsnap

HBA documentation

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Modify user login scripts.

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

Continue to edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

• Comment the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry as follows:

# OptionsSupported Autotrespass

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when they register with the storage system:

• Edit any other entries as desired.

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-7

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

5 Server

Install PowerPath

With Access Logix Reference Document

Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath.

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website:

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide http://powerlink.emc.com

6 Switches

Install

For a SAN

Install switches, if not already installed.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Checkpoint - Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

Rails, cabinet, and switch documentation

Switch documentation

7 Storage System

Install

8 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install the enabler for them.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

2-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

9 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and LAN

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port

Storage-system setup guide

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

10 Storage System

Set up security

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

11 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

12 Switches

Zone

13 Server

Make target SPs available

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Make sure that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following

HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Switch management documentation

HP-UX documentation

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-9

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

13 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

With Access Logix

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following

HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

HP-UX documentation

14 Storage System

Configure

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group.

15 Server

Make LUNs visible

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e ioscan -fnC disk

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

16 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

HP-UX documentation

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

2-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

17 Server

Configure

PowerPath devices

With Access Logix

Use the following PowerPath command to configure PowerPath:

powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one

• the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry is defined as described in step 3

• the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 11.

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

18 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

PowerPath product guide

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-11

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

18 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled paths becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reference Document

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

19 Server

Make LUNs available to HP-UX

Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume Manager

(LVM).

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Host connectivity guide and HP-UX documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

2-12

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage

System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Install the HBAs.

Install the HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host

HBA port to a switch port or an SP port.

Connect a cable from each host

HBA port to a switch port or an SP port.

HBA documentation

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Install the HBA driver.

Install the HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

3 Server

Install Host Agent

Install the Navisphere Host Agent and CLI.

Modify user login scripts.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent and CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Modify user login scripts.

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-13

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

3 Server

Install Host Agent

(cont.)

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

• Add at least one privileged user.

• For FC4500 storage systems, if you know the IP addresses of the portal storage-system SPs, add an entry with the following format for each SP to the

agent.config file:

system@ SP_ip_address where SP_ip_address is the address of the SP.

• For FC4500 storage systems, if you know the IP addresses of the portal storage-system SPs, add an entry with the following format for each SP to the

agent.config file:

system@ SP_ip_address where SP_ip_address is the address of the SP.

4 Server

Install admsnap

Continue to edit the Navisphere

Host Agent configuration file

agent.config file as follows:

Continue to edit other entries in the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as desired.

• Comment the

OptionsSupported

Autotrespass entry as follows:

# OptionsSupported

Autotrespass

For a CX300, CX500, CX700, or

FC4700-Series storage system, go to step 5. For an FC4500 storage system, go to 6.

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when they register with the storage system:

• Edit any other entries as desired.

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

Go to step 7.

N/A CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

2-14

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Task With Access Logix

5 CX400, CX600, or

FC4700-Series

Storage-System

Without Access

Logix

Set storage-system type

N/A

6 FC4500

Storage-System

Without Access

Logix

Set storage-system type

N/A

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Without Access Logix Reference Document

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or

• from a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide.

Navisphere CLI reference

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config a

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Go to step 7.

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from a laptop connected to a storage-system serial port, as described in the storage-system setup guide.

Navisphere CLI reference

From an attached or networked host

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass:

navicli -d

device -h hostname

systemtype -config a

where device is the storage system’s name hostname is the server’s name or network address.

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-15

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

6 FC4500

Storage-System

Without Access

Logix

Set storage-system type (cont.)

From a serially connected laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -np -d

device systemtype

-config a

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

7 Storage System

Update software

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 2-3), update it.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 2-3), update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

8 Server

Cable to switches or storage system

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each

HBA port.

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

2-16

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

8 Server

Cable to switches or storage system

(cont.)

With Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Without Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide

9 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or

MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a CX400, CX600, or

FC4700-Series storage system, go to step 11; for an FC4500 storage system, go to step 13.

Switch management documentation

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-17

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

10 Storage System

Register HBAs

With Access Logix

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 13.

Without Access Logix

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator (if not already defined) and any additional users.

11 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700, or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set up security

12 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700, or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Perform this task either

• across the LAN connected to the storage-system SPs or

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or

• from a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide.

CX400, CX600, or FC4700-Series

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or

• from a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide.

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

From the LAN

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Go to step 14.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help o

2-18

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

12 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700, or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath (cont.)

From an attached or networked host or laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

From an attached or networked host or laptop

Use following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-host

servername

-failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -setpath

-host

servername

-arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Go to step 14.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system servername is the server’s name or network address

Go to step 14.

13 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Perform this task either

• across the LAN connected to the

Navisphere portal for the storage system, or

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from a laptop connected to a storage-system serial port, as described in the storage-system setup guide.

Across LAN

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from a laptop connected to a storage-system serial port, as described in the storage-system setup guide.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-19

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

13 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath (cont.)

From an attached host or networked host

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

From an attached or networked host

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -d

device -h hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -d

device -h hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -d

device -h hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-failovermode 1

navicli -d

device -h hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-arraycommpath 1

where device is the storage system’s name hostname is the server’s name or network address.

where device is the storage system’s name hostname is the server’s name or network address.

From a serially connected laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

From a serially connected laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Storage-system setup guide and Navisphere

CLI reference

navicli -np -d device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername --arraycommpath 1

navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

2-20

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

14 Server

Make target SPs available

With Access Logix

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Without Access Logix

Make sure that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the HP-UX following commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Reference Document

HP-UX documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following

HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Reverify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the HP-UX following commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

HP-UX documentation

Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-21

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

15 Storage System

Configure

With Access Logix

If the server will use a new Storage

Group

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage Group, and assign LUNs to the Storage

Group.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the new

Storage Group.

Without Access Logix Reference Document

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage

Group.

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

If HP-UX does not recognize any

LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

HP-UX documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

2-22

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

16 Server

Make new LUNs visible

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Now the LUNs in the Storage

Group look like any other disks in the server.

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

If HP-UX does not recognize any

LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

HP-UX documentation

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are set as defined in steps 5 and 12 or steps 6 and

13.

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are set as defined in steps 5 and 12 or steps 6 and

13.

PowerPath product guide

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-23

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

17 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

18 Server

Configure any new PowerPath devices

With Access Logix

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Without Access Logix

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Configure PowerPath with the following command:

powermt config

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Configure PowerPath with the following command:

powermt config

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

PowerPath product guide

19 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

PowerPath product guide

2-24

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

19 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

20 Server

Make LUNs available to

HP-UX

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN.

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume

Manager (LVM).

Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume

Manager (LVM).

Host connectivity guide and HP-UX documentation

If HP-UX does not recognize any

LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist - New HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-25

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and New Storage

System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

2 Server

Update Software

3 Storage System

Update software

4 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

5 Server

Set storage-system type

Reference Document

HBA documentation

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required

minimum revision (page 2-3), update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

HBA documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX installation guide

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required

minimum revision (see page 2-3), update it.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for

CLARiiON and PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

HP-UX Host connectivity guide and

HBA documentation

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config to comment the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry as follows:

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

# OptionsSupported Autotrespass

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when they register with the storage system.

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

2-26

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

6 Server

Install PowerPath

7 Storage System

Install

With Access Logix

Insert the PowerPath installation CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath.

Register PowerPath.

Reference Document

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

PowerPath product guide

Checkpoint - Use the following PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

8 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install the enabler for them.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-27

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

9 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and LAN

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

10 Storage System

Set up security

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

11 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

From a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide, use the following Navisphere

CLI commands to set the default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Storage-system initialization guide and

Navisphere CLI reference

2-28

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

12 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide

13 Switches

Zone

14 Server

Make target SPs available

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

If SAN Copy, MIrrorView, or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Make sure that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following

HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Switch management documentation

HP-UX documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

HP-UX documentation

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-29

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

14 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

15 Storage System

Configure

16 Server

Make LUNs visible

17 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix

Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following

HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Reference Document

HP-UX documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group.

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

HP-UX documentation

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following

HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

HP-UX documentation

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

2-30

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

18 Server

Configure

PowerPath devices

With Access Logix

Use the following PowerPath command to configure PowerPath:

powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one

• the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry is defined as described in step 5.

• the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 11.

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

19 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

PowerPath product guide

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-31

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

19 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

20 Server

Make LUNs available to

HP-UX

With Access Logix

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume Manager

(LVM).

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Host connectivity guide and HP-UX documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

2-32

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage

System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Unmount file systems

Unmount any file systems that reside on the storage system.

Unmount any file systems that reside on the storage system.

HP-UX documentation

2 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

HBA documentation

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

3 Server

Update Software

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision

(page 2-3), update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision

(page 2-3), update it:

• HBA driver (Navisphere Host

Agent

HBA documentation

Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for HP-UX installation guide

SnapView installation guide (revision A02 or higher)

4 Storage System

Update software

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 2-3), update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 2-3), update it.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-33

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

5 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

6 Server

Set storage-system type

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

HP-UX Host connectivity guide and

HBS documentation

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config to comment the OptionsSupported

Autotrespass entry as follows:

# OptionsSupported

Autotrespass

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted in the next step.

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 8.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

From the server, use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set the system type to no auto trespass:

Navisphere CLI reference

For a CX400, CX600, or

FC4700-Series storage system

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config a

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

2-34

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

6 Server

Set storage-system type (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

For a FC4500 storage system

navicli -d

device systemtype

-config a

where device is the storage system’s name.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 8.

7 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700, or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For a server with registered HBAs

Perform this task either

• across the LAN connected to the storage-system SPs or

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or

• from a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide.

For a server with any HBAs

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host or

• from a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide.

Reference Document

Navisphere CLI reference

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help o

From the LAN

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-35

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

7 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700, or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

From an attached or networked host or laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

From an attached or networked host or laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-host

servername

-failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

storagegroup -setpath

-host

servername

-arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Go to step 9.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system

Navisphere CLI reference servername is the server’s name or network address

For a server with unregistered HBAs

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from a laptop connected to the storage system, as described in the storage-system initialization or setup guide.

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Go step 9.

2-36

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For a server with registered HBAs

Perform this task either

• across the LAN connected to the

Navisphere portal for the storage system, or

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from a laptop connected to a storage-system serial port, as described in the storage-system setup guide.

Across LAN

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

For a server with any HBAs

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from a laptop connected to a storage-system serial port, as described in the storage-system setup guide.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

From an attached host or networked host

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

From an attached or networked host

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -d

device -h hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -d

device -h hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-failovermode 1

navicli -d

device -h hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -d

device -h hostname

storagegroup -sethost

-arraycommpath 1

where device is the storage system’s name hostname is the server’s name or network address.

where device is the storage system’s name hostname is the server’s name or network address.

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-37

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

From a serially connected laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

From a serially connected laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Storage-system initialization guide and

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -np -d device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

For a server with unregistered HBAs

Perform this task either

• from an attached host or a host networked to an attached host, or

• from at a laptop connected to a storage-system serial port, as described in the storage-system setup guide.

From an attached or networked host

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -d

device -h hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname -d device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the storage system’s name hostname is the host’s name or network address.

Navisphere CLI reference

2-38

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

From a serially connected laptop

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

9 Server

Install PowerPath

Insert the PowerPath installation

CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath.

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Insert the PowerPath installation

CD and mount it.

Install PowerPath.

Register PowerPath.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

Execute the following PowerPath command:

powermt config

Storage-system setup guide and Navisphere

CLI reference

PowerPath Release

Notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

PowerPath product guide

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-39

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

9 Server

Install PowerPath

(cont.)

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the

LUNs:

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the

LUNs:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 7 or 8.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 7 or 8.

If you did not install any additional

HBAs in the server, go to step 11.

If you did not install any additional

HBAs in the server, go to step 11.

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

powermt save

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

10 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Switch documentation

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

2-40

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

10 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

(cont.)

With Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Without Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Reference Document

Switch documentation

Switch management documentation

11 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

12 Server

Make target SPs available

Make sure that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

Verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the HP-UX following commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Log in as root and restart the

Navisphere Host Agent with the following HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

HP-UX documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-41

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

12 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

Make sure again that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following

HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Reverify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the HP-UX following commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

HP-UX documentation

13 Server

Configure

PowerPath devices

Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use the following PowerPath command to configure

PowerPath:

powermt config

Use the following PowerPath command to configure

PowerPath:

powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one

• the OptionsSupported

Autotrespass entry is defined as described in step 6

• the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 7 or 8

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one

• the systemtype is defined as described in step 6

• the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 7 or 8

PowerPath product guide

2-42

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

13 Server

Configure

PowerPath devices (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

If PowerPath can see all the path to the LUNs, save the PowerPath configuration with the following command:

powermt save

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

The PowerPath configuration is saved in the following file:

/etc/powermt.custom

PowerPath product guide

14 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN.

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a device that represents the chosen LUN

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath product guide

PowerPath Checklist - Existing HP-UX Server and Existing Storage System

2-43

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

14 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

15 Server

Mount file systems

Without Access Logix

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Mount any file systems unmounted in step 1.

Mount any file systems unmounted in step 1.

HP-UX documentation

2-44

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

DMP Configurations for HP-UX

Read this section if you are installing an HP-UX VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system. A new server and storage system are defined as follows:

New server

- A server running HP-UX and not connected to any storage system.

New storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Topics relating to the checklist for an HP-UX configuration with DMP software are

Required Host Software Revisions................................................ 2-46

Prerequisites ..................................................................................... 2-46

Documentation................................................................................. 2-47

DMP Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage

System ............................................................................................... 2-48

DMP Configurations for HP-UX

2-45

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Required Host

Software Revisions

Prerequisites

HP-UX operating system revision listed in the EMC Support

Matrix on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

VxVM 3.5 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for UNIX Release

Notes on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your HP-UX version.

All switches must be installed.

Storage systems must be set up, initialized (if required), and connected to switches, and any optional storage-system software

(Access Logix, SnapView, MirrorView, MirrorView/A, SAN

Copy) must be installed.

Navisphere Manager must be installed.

If any storage systems have SnapView, the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production and secondary hosts.

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in the storage system.

2-46

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Documentation

HP-UX Installation Checklist

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SnapView, SAN Copy, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

• Switches

• HP-UX operating system

• VERITAS Volume Manager

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for HP-UX Version 6.X

Installation Guide (P/N 069001146) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for HP-UX Installation Guide

(P/N 300-002-043)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for HP-UX (P/N 300-000-614)

DMP Configurations for HP-UX

2-47

HP-UX Installation Checklist

DMP Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

With Access Logix Reference Document

Install the HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port.

HBA documentation

Install the HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

Caution Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers.

Checkpoint — For a SAN, verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• Only the left LED is green, which indicates that a 1-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• Both LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

3 Switches

Connect servers and SPs

Verify that the servers and SPs are connected to the switch.

Documentation that ships with the switches

4 Switches

Zone

5 Server

Make target SPs available

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP.

Make sure each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Switch documentation

HP-UX documentation

Checkpoint - Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

2-48

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

6 Server

Install Host

Agent

7 Storage System

Set up security

8 Storage System

Set properties

9 Storage System

Configure

With Access Logix Reference Document

Install the Navisphere Host Agent.

Modify user login scripts.

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file (agent.config) as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

Verify that the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file (agent.config) has the following entry commented out:

# Options Supported Autotrespass

(leading # is present)

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted later in this procedure.

Continue to edit other entries in the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file (agent.config) as desired.

Restart the Host Agent to register the HBAs with the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties with the following commands:

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 2

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Navisphere CLI reference

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the host initiators to Storage Groups.

DMP Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-49

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

10 Server

Make LUNs visible

11 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

HP-UX documentation

Checkpoint - Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

12 Server

Install the

CLARiiON DMP driver

Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the

VERITAS website.

Use the swinstall command to install the CLARiiON DMP driver on the server.

Note Until rootdg is created (part of vxinstall command) on at least one disk, DMP displays an error message looking for the config daemon.

13 Server

Reboot

Reboot the server using the reboot command

• to make LUNs available to the OS

• to make LUNs accessible via both SPs

Important If you do not set the failover mode to 2, you will see only half of the expected paths to the SPs.

14 Server

Configure

Volume Manager

Run vxinstall to configure Volume Manager and place at least one LUN under VxVM control.

VERITAS Volume

Navisphere Manager documentation

VERITAS Volume

Navisphere Manager documentation

VERITAS Volume

Navisphere Manager documentation

2-50

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

15 Server

Verify DMP installation

16 Server

Verify DMP

Operation

With Access Logix

Log into Volume Manager Storage Administrator (VMSA)

Double-click a disk icon.

In the list of disks, double-click a disk you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system.

Click the disks tab to verify there are the expected number of Primary and

Secondary paths.

Reference Document

VERITAS Volume

Navisphere Manager documentation

Verify that it displays the correct number of paths with

vxdisk list device where device is the name of the disk you selected.

Start I/O to the VERITAS Volume.

Identify the CLARiiON devices under the Volume with

vxprint -v

Choose one of the CLARiiON devices and determine all its paths with

vxdisk list

device or

vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename=

device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device

Determine the control through which I/O is going with

iostat -xn

Determine the controller through which I/O is going with

iostat -xn

Determine the HBA and SP to which that controller corresponds.

Disconnect the path to that SP.

Verify that the path to the chosen CLARiiON device is disabled with

vxdisk list

device or

vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename=

device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

HP-UX documentation

DMP Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-51

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

16 Server

Verify DMP

Operation

(cont.)

With Access Logix

Verify that I/0 is still running with

iostat -xn

Reference Document

HP-UX documentation

2-52

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Configurations for HP-UX Without EMC Failover Software

Read this section if you are installing an HP-UX configuration with a new server that will not run EMC failover and a new storage system.

A new server and storage system are defined as follows:

New server

- A server running HP-UX and not connected to any storage system.

New storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Topics relating to the checklist for an HP-UX configuration without

EMC failover software are

Prerequisites ..................................................................................... 2-53

Documentation................................................................................. 2-54

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System................................................................ 2-55

Prerequisites

All switches must be installed.

Storage systems must be set up, initialized (if required), and connected to switches, and any optional storage-system software

(Access Logix, SnapView, MirrorView, MirrorView/A) you have must be installed.

If any storage systems have SnapView, the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production and secondary hosts.

If you will use Navisphere Manager 6.X, you must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system servers and that will be connected to the SPs the storage system.

Configurations for HP-UX Without EMC Failover Software

2-53

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Documentation

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SnapView, MirrorView, and MirrorView/A if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500,

CX500i, and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide

(P/N 300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

• Switches and switch management software

• HP-UX operating system

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

(P/N 069001143)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for HP-UX (P/N 300-000-614)

2-54

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist - New HP-UX Server and

New Storage System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

With Access Logix

Install the HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port.

Install the HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

Reboot the server to complete the installation of the drivers.

Checkpoint — For a SAN, verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

Switch documentation

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

3 Switches

Zone

4 Server

Make target SPs available

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP.

Make sure each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

Switch management documentation

HP-UX documentation

Checkpoint - Reverify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-55

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

5 Server

Install Host

Agent

6 Storage System

Set up security

With Access Logix Reference Document

Install the Navisphere Host Agent.

Modify user login scripts.

Edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

• Add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

• Add at least one privileged user.

• For FC4500 storage systems, if you know the IP addresses of the portal storage-system SPs, add an entry with the following format for each SP to the agent.config file:

system@ SP_ip_address where SP_ip_address is the address of the SP.

Continue to edit the Navisphere Host Agent configuration file agent.config file as follows:

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

• Comment out or comment the OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry as follows:

No auto trespass

(for HP-UX without PV Links)

# OptionsSupported Autotrespass

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to no auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted later in this procedure.

Auto trespass

(for HP-UX with PVLinks)

OptionsSupported Autotrespass

The above entry will set the initiator type for the HBAs to auto trespass when Host Agent is restarted later in this procedure.

• Edit any other entries as desired.

For Navisphere 6.X, use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

2-56

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

7 Storage System

Set properties

8 Storage System

Configure

9 Server

Make LUNs visible

10 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties with the following commands:

Reference Document

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 0

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group.

Log in as root and restart the Navisphere Host Agent with the following

HP-UX commands:

/sbin/init.d/agent stop

/sbin/init.d/agent start

Checkpoint - Verify that HP-UX can recognize these LUNs with the following HP-UX commands:

ioscan -fnC disk insf -e

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

CX-Series Server

Software for HP-UX

Installation Guide

HP-UX documentation

Verify that HP-UX sees device entries for all LUNS with the following

HP-UX command:

ioscan -fnC disk

If you do not see two paths to each LUN, verify that the

OptionsSupported Autotrespass entry in the Host Agent configuration

file is uncommented or commented as described in step 5.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist - New HP-UX Server and New Storage System

2-57

HP-UX Installation Checklist

Task

11 Server

Make LUNs available to

HP-UX

With Access Logix

Prepare the LUNs to receive data using the Logical Volume Manager

(LVM).

If HP-UX does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Reference Document

Host connectivity guide and HP-UX documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

2-58

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

3

Linux Installation

Checklist

This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install a

CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with a Linux

®

server and PowerPath, VERITAS DMP, or with no EMC failover software.

Topics are

PowerPath Configurations for Linux..............................................3-2

DMP Configurations for Linux ......................................................3-39

Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software.......3-47

Linux Installation Checklist

3-1

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath Configurations for Linux

Read this section if you are installing a Linux PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing, storage system. A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running Linux that is not connected to any storage system.

existing server

- A server running Linux that is already connected to one or more storage systems.

new storage system

- A CX300, CCX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

existing storage system

- A CX200, CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600,

CX700, FC4500, or FC4700-Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain.

All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be

CX200,

CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700

, FC4500, or FC4700-Series storage systems. If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server, the server cannot run PowerPath.

Topics relating to the checklists for Linux PowerPath configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions.................................................. 3-3

Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 3-3

Documentation................................................................................... 3-4

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage

System.................................................................................................. 3-7

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage

System................................................................................................ 3-13

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and New Storage

System................................................................................................ 3-23

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing

Storage System ................................................................................. 3-29

3-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Required Host

Software Revisions

Prerequisites

Linux operating system revision and errata listed in the EMC

Support Matrix on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

Linux PowerPath

• For CX200, CX400, CX600, and FC4700-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.2 or higher

• For CX300, CX500, and CX700, and storage systems

Version 3.0.3 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Linux on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your Linux version.

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com) .

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in CX200, CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600, CX700 or FC4700-Series storage systems.

For most configurations, you must also have a host that is

• Running Navisphere 6.X CLI.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to SPs in CX200, CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600, CX700 or FC4700-Series storage systems.

For an FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath, you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system. This computer must run

• RedHat 2.1 Advance Server e.9 or higher kernel and

• Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6.4 or higher

PowerPath Configurations for Linux

3-3

Linux Installation Checklist

Documentation

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The following documents will help you with this planning:

• EMC Fibre Channel Storage System CX200-Series Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 014003115)

EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage

Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273)

EMC CX400-Series and CX600-Series Storage Systems

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003113)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700-2

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003087)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700 Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 014003016)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500, FC5300, and

FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003039)

Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop or, for an FC4500 or FC4700, on the computer you will connect to the storage system, before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

This documentation is also available from the following website:

For Qlogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

• Switches and switch management software

• Red Hat Linux operating system

PowerPath Version 4.3 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-673) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-047)

3-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath for Linux Version 4.3.1 Installation Guide

(P/N 300-002-247) or

PowerPath for Linux Version 4.3 Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-687) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Installation and Administration Guide for

Linux (P/N 300-000-514)

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Linux Version 6.X

Installation Guide (P/N 069001148) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide

(P/N300-002-038)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Reference

(P/N 069001038)

EMC SnapView Installation Guide (P/N 069001193, revision A02 or higher)

EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide (P/N 069001187)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-799)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082) - for SPS installation only

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX200-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003116)

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX400-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003105)

PowerPath Configurations for Linux

3-5

Linux Installation Checklist

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) CX600-Series Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003078)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC Storage Systems CX200-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003117)

EMC Storage Systems CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization

Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and Cabling

Guide

(P/N 014003104)

FC4500 Setup Guide (P/N 014003102, revision A03 or higher)

FC4700-2 Setup Guide (P/N 0140373)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Linux (P/N 300-000-604)

3-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage

System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

Boot host.

Install the appropriate version of the HBA driver.

Make sure the QLogic HBA driver is always loaded after the internal SCSI adapter driver as specified by the /etc/modules.conf file.

2 Server

Set HBA driver properties

3 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Set the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Reboot host.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

4 Server

Install admsnap

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

PowerPath for Linux installation guide

Linux host connectivity guide and HBA documentation (see

URL on page 3-4)

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage System

3-7

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

5 Switches

Install

6 Storage System

Install

7 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

With Access Logix

For a SAN

Install switches, if not already installed.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Checkpoint - Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Reference Document

Rails, cabinet, and switch documentation

Rails and cabinet documentation

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

3-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

8 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and

LAN

With Access Logix

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide.

9 Storage System

Set up security

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Storage-system setup guide.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

10 Storage System

Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

11 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Switch management documentation

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage System

3-9

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

12 Server

Make target SPs available

13 Server

Prepare Server for PowerPath

14 Storage System

Configure

With Access Logix

Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

Note: You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings.

Reboot the server.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

Linux documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Checkpoint - Make sure the /proc/scsi/scsi directory has entries for

LUNZs.

Note: LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet.

Checkpoint - Make sure the file /proc/scsi file in the directory for HBAs, has entries for the expected targets (HBAs).

Make sure you have 128 sd and sg devices in the /dev directory.

Linux documentation

PowerPath for Linux installation guide

Ensure that the PowerPath driver’s major numbers (232-239) are not already in use.

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group.

Reload the driver (if the driver is loaded as a module) or reboot the server

(if the driver is static to the kernel) so that Linux recognizes the LUNs.

HBA documentation

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the /proc/scsi/scsi file and in the directory for the HBAs in the /proc/scsi directory.

If all LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning. If only some

LUNs are missing, use Navisphere Manager to check that the LUNs are assigned to the server’s Storage Group.

Linux documentation

Navisphere Manager online help

3-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix

15 Server

Install PowerPath

Mount the CD-ROM.

Install PowerPath.

Unmount the CD-ROM and remove it from the drive.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

If you loaded the HBA driver as a module, verify that all extensions are loaded.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Linux installation guide

Checkpoint - Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 10.

• Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded.

PowerPath product guide

16 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

17 Server

Make LUNs available to Linux

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs.

Host connectivity guide and Linux documentation

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage System

3-11

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

18 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to the LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled paths becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the failover path was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

3-12

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage

System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

Reboot host.

Install the appropriate version of the HBA driver.

Make sure the QLogic HBA driver is always loaded after the internal SCSI adapter driver as specified by the

/etc/modules.conf file.

2 Server

Set HBA driver properties

3 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Without Access Logix

Install HBAs.

Reboot host.

Install the appropriate version of the HBA driver.

Make sure the QLogic HBA driver is always loaded after the internal SCSI adapter driver as specified by the

/etc/modules.conf file.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

PowerPath for Linux installation guide

Set the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, to the values required for

CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

Set the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, to the values required for

CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

Linux host connectivity guide and HBA documentation (see

URL on page 3-4)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Reboot host.

Reboot host.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

4 Server

Install admsnap

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

N/A

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-13

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

5 Storage System

Update software

6 Server

Cable HBAs to switches or storage system

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Switch documentation

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

Switch documentation

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

3-14

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

7 Switches

Zone

8 Server

Register HBAs

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility.

To make LUNZs visible to the

HBAs, either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server.

N/A

To make LUNZs visible to the

HBAs, either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to

step 10.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to

step 10.

Switch management documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide.

Linux documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-15

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

9 CX200, CX300,

CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help and

Navisphere CLI reference where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 11.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 11.

3-16

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

10 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere CLI reference

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-17

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

11 Server

Make target SPs available

With Access Logix

Add persistent bindings to the

HBA driver configuration file.

Note: You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings.

Without Access Logix

Add persistent bindings to the

HBA driver configuration file.

Note: You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings.

Reboot the server.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Reboot the server.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

Linux documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Checkpoint - Make sure the

/proc/scsi/scsi file has entries for LUNZs.

Note: LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet.

Checkpoint - Make sure the

/proc/scsi/scsi file has entries for LUNZs.

Note: LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet.

Linux documentation

Checkpoint - Make sure the file for the HBA directory in the

/proc/scsi directory has entries for the expected targets (HBAs).

Checkpoint - Make sure the file for the HBA directory in the

/proc/scsi directory has entries for the expected targets (HBAs).

3-18

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

12 Storage System

Configure

13 Server

Prepare Server for PowerPath

With Access Logix

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group.

Without Access Logix

If the server will use a new

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage

Group, and assign LUNs to the

Storage Group.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage

Group.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Reload the driver (if the driver is loaded as a module) or reboot the server (if the driver is static to the kernel) so that Linux recognizes the LUNs.

Reload the driver (if the driver is loaded as a module) or reboot the server (if the driver is static to the kernel) so that Linux recognizes the LUNs.

HBA documentation

Now the LUNs in the Storage

Group look like any other disks in the server.

Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the

/proc/scsi/scsi file and in the directory for the HBAs in the

/proc/scsi directory.

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the

/proc/scsi/scsi file and in the directory for the HBAs in the

/proc/scsi directory.

Linux documentation

If all LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning. If only some LUNs are missing, use

Navisphere Manager to check that the LUNs are assigned to the server’s Storage Group.

If all LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning. If only some LUNs are missing, use

Navisphere Manager to check that the LUNs are assigned to the server’s Storage Group.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

Make sure you have 128 sd and

sg devices in the /dev directory.

Make sure you have 128 sd and

sg devices in the /dev directory.

Ensure that the PowerPath driver’s major numbers (232-239) are not already in use.

Ensure that the PowerPath driver’s major numbers (232-239) are not already in use.

PowerPath for Linux installation guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-19

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix

14 Server

Install PowerPath

Mount the CD-ROM.

Install PowerPath.

Unmount the CD-ROM and remove it from the drive.

Without Access Logix

Mount the CD-ROM.

Install PowerPath.

Unmount the CD-ROM and remove it from the drive.

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Linux installation guide

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

If you loaded the HBA driver as a module, verify that all extensions are loaded.

If you loaded the HBA driver as a module, verify that all extensions are loaded.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 10.

• Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the

HBA driver loaded.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 10.

• Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the

HBA driver loaded.

PowerPath product guide

15 Server

Make LUNs available to Linux

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the

LUNs.

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the

LUNs.

Host connectivity guide and Linux documentation

3-20

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev= x

every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to the LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev= x

every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the failover path was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the failover path was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — New Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-21

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

If you caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

If you caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt restore powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

3-22

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and New Storage

System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

2 Server

Update Software

3 Server

Set HBA driver properties

4 Storage System

Install

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required

minimum revision (page 3-3), update it:

• HBA driver (save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them to the new driver)

• admsnap

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

SnapView installation guide (revision A02 or higher)

Make sure the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Linux host connectivity guide and HBA documentation (see

URL on page 3-4)

If you added additional HBAs or drivers, reboot the host.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

5 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and New Storage System

3-23

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

6 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and

LAN

With Access Logix

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

Switch documentation

7 Storage System

Set up security

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

8 Storage System

Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where

hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

3-24

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

9 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Storage-system setup guide.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

10 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

Note: You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings.

Switch management documentation

11 Server

Add Persistent

Bindings

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

12 Server

Register additional HBAs with storage system

To make LUNZs visible to the HBAs, either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server.

Linux documentation

Note: LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet.

If you reloaded the HBA driver, restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and New Storage System

3-25

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

13 Server

Make target SPs available

14 Storage System

Configure

15 Server

Prepare Server for PowerPath

With Access Logix

If you did not reboot the server in step 12, reboot the server now.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Reference Document

Linux documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Checkpoint - Make sure the /proc/scsi/scsi directory has entries for

LUNZs.

Note: LUNZs are required to register the server HBAs with the storage system because LUNs have not be configured yet.

Linux documentation

Checkpoint - Make sure the file for the HBAs, in the /proc/scsi directory, has entries for the expected targets (HBAs).

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reload the driver (if the driver is loaded as a module) or reboot the server

(if the driver is static to the kernel) so that Linux recognizes the LUNs.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the /proc/scsi/scsi directory and in the file for the HBAs in the /proc/scsi directory.

If any LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning.

Linux documentation

Make sure you have 128 sd and sg devices in the /dev directory.

Ensure that the PowerPath driver’s major numbers (232-239) are not already in use.

PowerPath for Linux installation guide

3-26

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix

16 Server

Install PowerPath

Mount the CD-ROM.

Install PowerPath.

Unmount the CD-ROM and remove it from the drive.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

If you loaded the HBA driver as a module, verify that all extensions are loaded.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Linux installation guide

17 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

18 Server

Make LUNs available to additional HBAs

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server and its Storage Group.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Reboot the server to scan for new LUNs.

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the /proc/scsi/scsi directory and in the file for the HBAs in the /proc/scsi directory.

If any LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning.

Checkpoint - Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 10.

• Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the HBA driver loaded.

Linux documentation

PowerPath product guide

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and New Storage System

3-27

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

19 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to the LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the failover path was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

3-28

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage

System

This checklist assumes that the existing Linux server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration. Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

2 Server

Update Software

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision

(page 3-3), update it:

• HBA driver (save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them to the new driver)

• admsnap

If the HBA driver software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision

(page 3-3), update it: (save the

persistent bindings as you will need to add them to the new driver).

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

SnapView installation guide (revision A02 or higher)

3 Server

Set HBA driver properties

Make sure the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Make sure the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Linux host connectivity guide and HBA documentation (see

URL on page 3-4)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

If you added additional HBAs or drivers, reboot the host.

If you added additional HBAs or drivers, reboot the host.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-29

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

4 Storage System

Update software

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 6.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 6.

5 CX200, CX300,

CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For new or replacement HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

Navisphere CLI reference where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

3-30

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

5 CX200, CX300,

CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

For new or replacement HBAs

(cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

For any HBAs (cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-31

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

6 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

For new HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere CLI reference where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d device failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

3-32

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

6 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs

7 Server

Re-install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Navisphere CLI reference

Reinstall (reload) the Navisphere

Host Agent or Navisphere Server

Utility.

Reinstall (reload) the Navisphere

Host Agent or Navisphere Server

Utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

Start Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility.

Start Navisphere Host Agent or

Navisphere Server Utility.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-33

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

8 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Switch management documentation

9 Switches

Zone for additional HBAs

10 Server

Add Persistent

Bindings

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Add persistent bindings to the

HBA driver configuration file.

Note: You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Add persistent bindings to the

HBA driver configuration file.

Note: You need the WWPN of each SP port for the bindings.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-4)

3-34

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

11 Server

Register additional HBAs with storage system

With Access Logix

To make LUNZs visible to the

HBAs, either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server.

If you reloaded the HBA driver, restart the Navisphere Host

Agent or run Navisphere Server

Utility.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

N/A

Without Access Logix

To make LUNZs visible to the

HBAs, either reload the HBA driver or reboot the server.

12 Server

Make LUNs available to additional HBAs

Reference Document

Linux documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server and its Storage Group.

N/A

Reboot the server to scan for new

LUNs.

Reboot the server to scan for new

LUNs.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the

/proc/scsi/scsi directory and in the file for the HBAs in the

/proc/scsi directory.

Checkpoint - Make sure all LUNs have entries in the

/proc/scsi/scsi directory and in the file for the HBAs in the

/proc/scsi directory.

Linux documentation

If any LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning.

If any LUN entries are missing from the file, verify the zoning.

13 Server

Prepare Server for PowerPath

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Make sure you have 128 sd and

sg devices in the /dev directory.

Make sure you have 128 sd and

sg devices in the /dev directory.

Storage-system setup guide

PowerPath for Linux installation

Ensure that the PowerPath driver’s major numbers (232-239) are not already in use.

Ensure that the PowerPath driver’s major numbers (232-239) are not already in use.

Manually unload the Navisphere

Host Agent or Navisphere Server

Utility.

Manually unload the Navisphere

Host Agent or Navisphere Server

Utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

Install any required Red Hat patches.

Install any required Red Hat patches.

PowerPath for Linux installation

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-35

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix

14 Server

Install PowerPath

Mount the CD-ROM.

Install PowerPath.

Without Access Logix

Mount the CD-ROM.

Install PowerPath.

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Linux installation and administrator’s guide

Unmount the CD-ROM and remove it from the drive.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Unmount the CD-ROM and remove it from the drive.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

If you loaded the HBA driver as a module, verify that all extensions are loaded.

If you loaded the HBA driver as a module, verify that all extensions are loaded.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the

LUNs using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 5.

• Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the

HBA driver loaded.

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the

LUNs using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Make sure that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 5.

• Verify that you have the appropriate revision of the

HBA driver loaded.

PowerPath product guide

3-36

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

15 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the failover path was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the failover path was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Linux Server and Existing Storage System

3-37

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

15 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If you caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

If you caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt restore powermt restore

3-38

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

DMP Configurations for Linux

Read this section if you are installing a Linux VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new storage system. A new server and a new storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running Linux and not connected to any storage system.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Topics relating to the checklist for Linux DMP configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions................................................ 3-39

Prerequisites ..................................................................................... 3-39

Documentation................................................................................. 3-40

DMP Checklist - New Linux Server and New Storage System 3-42

Required Host

Software Revisions

Prerequisites

RedHat Linux operating system revision and patches listed in the

EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

VxVM 3.2 update 2 or higher

You have set up storage-system security (see Security administrator’s guide and Navisphere Manager online help).

You have installed any switches and connected the server HBAs and storage-system SPs to switch ports (see switch documentation).

You have installed Navisphere Manager.

DMP Configurations for Linux

3-39

Linux Installation Checklist

Documentation

You have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server that you will connect to the SPs in the storage system.

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver.

This documentation is also available from the following website

For QLogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

Documentation that ships with

• Switches and switch management software

• RedHat Linux operating system

• VERITAS Volume Manager

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Linux Version 6.X

Installation Guide (P/N 069001148) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide

(P/N 300-002-038)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082)

3-40

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003104)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Linux (P/N 300-000-604)

DMP Configurations for Linux

3-41

Linux Installation Checklist

DMP Checklist - New Linux Server and New Storage System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

With Access Logix

Install the Fibre Channel HBAs, and, if needed, install the optical GBIC connector on the 1-Gbit PCI HBA.

Reference Document

HBA documentation (see

URL on Page 3-40)

2 Server

Edit the HBA driver file

Install the HBA driver.

Connect cables from the host HBA port to a switch port.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the settings required for CLARiiON, except for the persistent bindings, which you will set after you have zoned the switches.

HBA documentation (see

URL on Page 3-40)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays

3 Server

Install the Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

If not already done, connect the LAN to the server and perform any needed LAN configuration.

4 Storage System

Configure

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help.

5 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

6 Storage System

Set the arraycommpath mode

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the default storage-system arraycommpath property with the following command:

navicli -h

sp arraycommpath 1 where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system.

Event Monitor administrator’s guide and online help.

Navisphere CLI reference

3-42

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix

7 Switch

Connect servers and SPs

Verify that the servers and SPs are connected to the switch.

Reference Document

Documentation that ships with the switches

8 Switch

Zone switches

For a SAN

Zone switches.

This provides a path from the host initiator to the SP.

You will need to know the WWPN of the host initiators - available in the switch’s name server table.

Reboot the server using the reboot command to load the drivers and perform a login of the host initiators and SPs to the fabric ports on the switch.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify that the HBAs and storage systems are logged in to the switch as fabric ports, and to verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

Documentation that ships with the switches

9 Server

Add persistent bindings

HBA documentation (see

URL on Page 3-40)

10 Storage System

Verify host initiators are registered

Before you connect the server to a storage group, use the Connectivity

Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to verify that the host initiators are registered.

11 Storage System

Connect host initiators to

Storage Groups

Use Navisphere Manager to connect servers to Storage Groups

12 Server

Install Volume

Manager and

DMP

Reboot the server using the reboot command so that Linux recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Use the fdisk -l command to verify that the operating system sees all the LUNs and label any new LUNs.

Use the rpm command to add Volume Manager and DMP to the server.

Install any recommended VERITAS updates.

Important To install the CLARiiON DMP driver, you must install VERITAS 3.2 update 2.

Be sure to label all LUNs in order to make them visible to VERITAS DMP.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

DMP Checklist - New Linux Server and New Storage System

3-43

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

13 Server

Install the

CLARiiON DMP driver

With Access Logix

Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the

VERITAS website.

Use the rpm command to install the CLARiiON DMP driver on the server.

Note Until rootdg is created (part of vxinstall command) on at least one disk, DMP displays an error message looking for the config daemon.

Reference Document

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

14 Storage System

Set the system type and failover mode

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default storage-system type and failover mode properties:

navicli -h

sp systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

sp storagegroup -sethost -host linux_host -failovermode 2 where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system.

linux_host is the name of the Linux server

15 Server

Create DOS partition for

Volume Manager

Use the fdisk command to create at least one DOS partition for Volume

Manager.

navicli man page or

Navisphere CLI reference

Linux documentation

16 Server

Reboot

Reboot the server using the reboot command

•to make LUNs available to Linux

•to make LUNs accessible via both SPs

Important If you do not set the failover mode to 2, you will see only half of the expected paths to the SPs.

Linux documentation

17 Server

Configure

Volume Manager

Run vxinstall to configure Volume Manager and place at least one LUN under VxVM control.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

18 Server

Verify DMP installation

For VXVM 3.5 or higher

Log into VERITAS Enterprise Administrator (VEA).

Click the host name for the server.

Click disks.

Click a device that you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system.

Click the paths tab for that device.

Verify that the device has primary and secondary paths to it.

Verify the state of the device (enabled or disabled).

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

3-44

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

18 Server

Verify DMP installation

(cont.)

19 Server

Verify DMP

Operation

With Access Logix Reference Document

For a VxVM version less than 3.5

Log into Volume Manager Storage Administrator (VMSA)

Double-click a disk icon.

In the list of disks, double-click a disk you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

Click the disks tab to verify there are the expected number of Primary and Secondary paths.

Verify that it displays the correct number of paths with

vxdisk list device where device is the name of the disk you selected.

Start I/O to the VERITAS Volume.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

Identify the CLARiiON devices under the Volume with

vxprint -v

Choose one of the CLARiiON devices and determine all its paths with

vxdisk list

device or

vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename=

device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device

Determine the control through which I/O is going with

iostat -xn

Determine the controller through which I/O is going with

iostat -xn

Determine the HBA and SP to which that controller corresponds.

Disconnect the path to that SP.

DMP Checklist - New Linux Server and New Storage System

3-45

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

19 Server

Verify DMP

Operation

(cont.)

With Access Logix

Verify that the path to the chosen CLARiiON device is disabled with

vxdisk list

device or

vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename=

device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device

Verify that I/0 is still running with

iostat -xn

!

Reference Document

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

CAUTION

If you want to install any new software or upgrade any existing software on a storage system after DMP is installed and running, you should use the Navisphere Manager Software Installation

Wizard. If this wizard is not supported for your storage system, be sure to refer to the "Special NDU Procedure" in the EMC Linux

Utility Kit Release Notes, which are available on the EMC

Powerlink website.

3-46

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software

Read this section if you are installing a Linux configuration with a new server that will not run EMC failover software and a new storage system. A new server and storage system are defined as follows:

New server

- A server running Linux with no EMC failover software and not connected to any storage system.

New storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Topics relating to the checklist for a Linux configuration without

EMC failover software are

Prerequisites ..................................................................................... 3-47

Documentation................................................................................. 3-48

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage System................................................................ 3-49

Prerequisites

All switches must be installed.

Storage systems must be set up, initialized (if required), and connected to switches, and any optional storage-system software

(Access Logix, SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView,

MirrorView/A) you have must be installed.

If any storage systems have SnapView, the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production systems.

If you will use Navisphere Manager 6.X, you must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.).

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in the storage system.

Configurations for Linux Without EMC Failover Software

3-47

Linux Installation Checklist

Documentation

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, and MirrorView if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i,

and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N

300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

This documentation is also available from the following websites:

For Emulex HBAs and drivers: http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/framemc.htm

For Qlogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/home_support.asp and select EMC in the OEM selection box at the bottom of the page.

• Switches and switch management software

• Red Hat Linux operating system

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Linux (P/N 300-000-604)

3-48

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Linux Installation Checklist

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist — New Linux Server and

New Storage System

Complete the tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

2 Server

Set the HBA driver parameters

With Access Logix Reference Document

Install the HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port or an SP port.

Boot host.

Install the HBA driver.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-48)

For a Qlogic HBA, set the SAN Topology value in the HBA BIOS.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA.

For 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-48)

3 Switches

Zone

4 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on page 3-48)

Zone the switches to provide a path from each host initiator to an SP.

Reboot the server.

Checkpoint - Verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Switch management documentation

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for Linux

Installation Guide

If you installed the Host Agent, edit the agent.config file to add the following entry if it does not already exist:

device auto auto

Without EMC Failover Software Checklist — New Linux Server and New Storage System

3-49

Linux Installation Checklist

Task

5 Storage System

Set up security

6 Storage System

Set properties

7 Storage System

Configure

With Access Logix Reference Document

For Navisphere 6.X, use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties:

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 0

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 0 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Navisphere CLI reference

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group.

Reload the driver (if the driver is loaded as a module) or reboot the server

(if the driver is static to the kernel) so that Linux recognizes the LUNs.

HBA documentation

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

8 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

If Linux does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the Storage

Group.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

9 Server

Make LUNs available to Linux

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs.

If Linux does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Host connectivity guide and Linux documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

3-50

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

4

NetWare Installation

Checklists

This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install a

CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with a Novell

®

NetWare

®

server and PowerPath failover software.

NetWare Installation Checklists

4-1

NetWare Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for NetWare

Read this section if you are installing a NetWare PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system. A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running NetWare and not connected to any storage system.

existing server

- A server running NetWare and that is already connected to one or more storage systems.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

existing storage system

- A CX200, CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600,

CX700, FC4500, or FC4700-Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain.

All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be

CX200,

CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700, FC4500, FC4700-Series, or

FC5300

storage systems. If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server, the server cannot run PowerPath.

Topics relating to the checklists for NetWare PowerPath configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions.................................................. 4-3

Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 4-3

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and New Storage

System.................................................................................................. 4-7

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing

Storage System ................................................................................. 4-12

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New

Storage System ................................................................................. 4-21

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing

Storage System ................................................................................. 4-28

4-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Required Host

Software Revisions

Prerequisites

NetWare operating system revision and kernel listed in the EMC

Support Matrix on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

NetWare PowerPath

• For CX200, CX400, CX600, or FC4700-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.0 with patch 3.0.1 or higher

• For CX300, CX500, CX700 storage systems

Version 3.0.1 or higher

• For FC4500 storage systems

Version 3.0.0 with patch 3.0.2 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath Release Notes for

UNIX on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your NetWare version.

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to the SPs in a CX200, CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage system.

For most configurations, you must also have a host that is

• Running Navisphere CLI version 6.X

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to SPs in CX200, CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath, you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system. This computer must run

• Windows 2000

• Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6.1 or higher

PowerPath Configurations for NetWare

4-3

NetWare Installation Checklists

Documentation

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The following documents will help you with this planning:

• EMC Fibre Channel Storage System CX200-Series Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 014003115)

EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage

Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273)

EMC CX400-Series and CX600-Series Storage Systems

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003113)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700-2

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003087)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500, FC5300, and

FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003039)

Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop or, for an FC4500 or FC4700, on the computer you will connect to the storage system, before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

This documentation is also available from the following QLogic website: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

• Switches and switch management software

• Novell NetWare operating system

Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover

Software (P/N 069001173)

PowerPath Version 3.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-000-047)

PowerPath Version 3.0 Installation and Administration Guide for

NetWare (P/N 300-000-513)

4-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for NetWare Version 6.X

Installation Guide (P/N 069001149) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for NetWare Installation Guide

(P/N 300-002-040)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Reference

(P/N 069001038)

EMC Storage-System Host Utilities for NetWare Administrator’s

Guide (P/N 069001139)

EMC SnapView Installation Guide (P/N 069001193, revision A02 or higher)

EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide (P/N 069001187)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-799)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082) - for SPS installation only

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX200-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003116) and EMC Storage Systems

CX200-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003117)

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX400-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003105) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

PowerPath Configurations for NetWare

4-5

NetWare Installation Checklists

EMC Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) CX600-Series Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003078) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and Cabling

Guide

(P/N 014003104)

FC4500 Setup Guide (P/N 014003102, revision A03 or higher)

FC4700-2 Setup Guide (P/N 0140373)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Novell NetWare (P/N 300-000-615)

4-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

3 Server

Install PowerPath

With Access Logix

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Verify HBA BIOS settings.

Install HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Make sure the SCSISAN.CDM module is not installed.

Install PowerPath.

Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server, a device named

EMC PowerPath Control Device appears under ConsoleOne > Tools >

Disk Management > Devices.This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I/O.

NetWare documentation

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

NetWare installation and administrator’s guide

PowerPath product guide

4 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

5 Server

Install admsnap

CAUTION If you use the server -ns command to bring up NetWare, you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths. Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website:

PowerPath product guide http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-7

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

6 Switches

Install

7 Storage System

Install

8 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

With Access Logix

For a SAN

Install switches, if not already installed.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Checkpoint - Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Reference Document

Rails, cabinet, and switch documentation

Rails and cabinet documentation

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

4-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

9 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and

LAN

10 Storage System

Set up security

With Access Logix

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

Navisphere CLI reference

11 Storage System

Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

12 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Switch management documentation

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-9

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Make target SPs available

14 Storage System

Configure

15 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

16 Server

Make LUNs available to

NetWare

With Access Logix

Scan for LUNs with the following NetWare command:

scan all luns

Checkpoint - Verify that each path has a LUNZ with the following

NetWare command:

Reference Document

NetWare documentation

list devices

Stop and restart the Navisphere Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server

Utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reboot the server.

NetWare should see DGC disk devices instead of LUNZ devices.

Checkpoint - Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following PowerPath command:

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 11.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs.

If NetWare does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Host connectivity guide or NetWare documentation

4-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

17 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

NetWare documentation

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2

17 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

PowerPath product guide

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-11

NetWare Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Verify HBA BIOS settings.

Install HBA driver.

Install HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

3 Server

Install PowerPath

Make sure the SCSISAN.CDM module is not installed.

Make sure the SCSISAN.CDM module is not installed.

NetWare documentation

Install PowerPath.

Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server, a device named EMC PowerPath Control

Device appears under

ConsoleOne > Tools > Disk

Management > Devices.This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I/O.

Install PowerPath.

Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server, a device named EMC PowerPath Control

Device appears under

ConsoleOne > Tools > Disk

Management > Devices.This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I/O.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

NetWare installation and administrator’s guide

PowerPath product guide

4-12

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

3 Server

Install PowerPath

(cont.)

4 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

CAUTION If you use the

server -ns command to bring up

NetWare, you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths.

Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

CAUTION If you use the

server -ns command to bring up

NetWare, you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths.

Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

PowerPath product guide

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

5 Server

Install admsnap

6 Storage System

Update software

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

N/A

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 4-3), update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 4-3), update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-13

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

7 Server

Cable to switches or storage system

8 Switches

Zone

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connection s to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each

HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Switch management documentation

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or

MIrrorView A is installed, create any required zones.zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system

4-14

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

9 Storage System

Register HBAs

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

On the server, restart the

Navisphere Host Agent or run the

Navisphere Server Utility.

N/A

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

10 Storage System

Set Properties for PowerPath

For a CX200, CX300, CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage system

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

For a CX200, CX300, CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage system

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Unit Serial Number to LUN

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help or

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties to the values for PowerPath:

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-15

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

10 Storage System

Set Properties for PowerPath

(cont.)

For an FC4500 storage system

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system

Storage-system setup guide

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3: where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Navisphere CLI reference

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

4-16

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

11 Server

Make target SPs available

With Access Logix

Scan for LUNs with the following

NetWare command:

scan all luns

Without Access Logix

Scan for LUNs with the following

NetWare command:

scan all luns

12 Storage System

Configure

Reference Document

NetWare documentation

Checkpoint - Verify that each path has a LUNZ with the following NetWare command:

list devices

Checkpoint - Verify the paths to each LUN with the following

NetWare command:

list devices

Stop and restart the Navisphere

Host Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility.

Stop and restart the Navisphere

Host Agent or run the Navisphere

Server Utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group.

If the server will use a new

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage

Group, and assign LUNs to the

Storage Group.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage

Group.

Reboot the server.

Reboot the server.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-17

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix

12 Storage System

Configure (cont.)

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 10.

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 10.

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

13 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

14 Server

Make LUNs available to

NetWare

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

If the storage system has any existing volumes that you want the server to use, mount them.

If the storage system has any existing volumes that you want the server to use, mount them.

NetWare documentation

Prepare any new LUNs to receive data by creating partitions or the pertinent database file systems on them.

Prepare any new LUNs to receive data by creating partitions or the pertinent database file systems on them.

Host connectivity guide or NetWare documentation

If NetWare does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the Storage Group.

4-18

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

15 Server

Save PowerPath configuration

With Access Logix

Save the server’s PowerPath configuration with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt -save

This command creates the

powermt.ctm configuration file.

Without Access Logix

Save the server’s PowerPath configuration with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt -save

This command creates the

powermt.ctm configuration file.

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key If you have a PowerPath license key

NetWare documentation

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

PowerPath product guide

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — New NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-19

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

PowerPath product guide

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP using the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP using the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

4-20

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or

CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the NetWare ATF administrator’s guide or the Netware utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to its original state, and may result in lost data.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-21

NetWare Installation Checklists

.

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

Verify HBA BIOS settings.

2 Server

Prepare cluster

If the server is in a cluster

Move cluster resources from server you want to upgrade.

If the server is not running ULDNCS, remove the first from the cluster with the following command:

NetWare documentation

cluster leave

Unload cluster software with the following command:

uldncs

3 Server and Client

Remove ATF or

CDE

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself

(see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC Professional

Services remove it.

Removing ATF or CDE

4 Server

Update Software

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required

minimum revision (see page 4-3), update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4),

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

5 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for

CLARiiON and PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

4-22

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

6 Server

Install PowerPath

Make sure the SCSISAN.CDM module is not installed.

If the Navisphere Host Agent is running, unload the Navagent.nml driver with the following NetWare command:

unload navagent

Reference Document

NetWare documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

Install PowerPath.

Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server, a device named

EMC PowerPath Control Device appears under ConsoleOne > Tools >

Disk Management > Devices.This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I/O.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

NetWare installation and administrator’s guide

CAUTION If you use the server -ns command to bring up NetWare, you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths. Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

7 Storage System

Install

8 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

9 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and

LAN

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-23

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

9 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and

LAN (cont.)

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Storage-system setup guide.

10 Storage System

Set up security

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

11 Storage System

Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

12 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Storage-system setup guide

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

4-24

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

13 Switches

Zone additional

HBAs

14 Server

Make target SPs available

15 Storage System

Configure

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Scan for LUNs with the following NetWare command:

scan all luns

Checkpoint - Verify that each path has a LUNZ with the following

NetWare command:

list devices

Restart Navisphere Agent or run Navisphere Server Utility.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Switch management documentation

NetWare documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reboot the server.

Checkpoint - Verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 11.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-25

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

16 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix Reference Document

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

17 Server

Move server back into cluster

If the server is in a cluster

Load cluster software on the server with the following NetWare command:

ldncs

NetWare documentation

18 Server

Make LUNs available to

NetWare

Move cluster resources back to the server.

Create partitions or the pertinent database file systems on the LUNs.

If NetWare does not recognize any LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Host connectivity guide or NetWare documentation

19 Server

Save PowerPath configuration

Save the server’s PowerPath configuration with the following PowerPath command:

powermt -save

This command creates the powermt.ctm configuration file.

PowerPath product guide

20 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

NetWare documentation

PowerPath product guide

4-26

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

20 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and New Storage System

4-27

NetWare Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing

Storage System

This checklist assumes that the existing NetWare server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration. Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional

Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the NetWare ATF administrator’s guide or the NetWare utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to its original state, and may result in lost data.

If you are transitioning a NetWare Cluster Service configuration from

ATF or CDE to PowerPath, perform the procedure in the checklist on each node in succession. While you perform the procedure on one node, you can leave the cluster services active on the other node, provided failure in a path to the storage system does not occur.

4-28

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4)

2 Server

Prepare cluster

If the server is in a cluster

Move cluster resources from server you want to upgrade.

If the server is in a cluster

Move cluster resources from server you want to upgrade.

Remove the first from the cluster with the following command:

cluster leave

Remove the first from the cluster with the following command:

cluster leave

Unload cluster software with the following command:

uldncs

Unload cluster software with the following command:

uldncs

NetWare documentation

3 Server and Client

Remove ATF or

CDE

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have

EMC Professional Services remove it.

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC

Professional Services remove it.

Removing ATF or CDE instruction sheet

4 Server

Update Software

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision (see

page 4-3), update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required

minimum revision (see page 4-3),

update it:

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 4-4),

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-29

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

5 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

6 Storage System

Update software

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Make sure the HBA driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON and

PowerPath.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation (see

URL on page 4-4)

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision

(see page 4-3), update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision (see

page 4-3), update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 8.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 8.

7 CX200, CX300,

CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For new HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

Navisphere CLI reference where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

4-30

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

7 CX200, CX300,

CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

For new HBAs (cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

For any HBAs (cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname failovermode

1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-31

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

For new HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device systemtype where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device systemtype

-config 3 navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

4-32

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Task With Access Logix

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs

Without Access Logix

NetWare Installation Checklists

Reference Document

Navisphere CLI reference

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-33

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

9 Server

Install PowerPath

Make sure the SCSISAN.CDM module is not installed.

If the Navisphere Host Agent is running, unload the

Navagent.nlm driver with the command

unload navagent

Install PowerPath.

Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server, a device named EMC PowerPath Control

Device appears under

ConsoleOne > Tools > Disk

Management > Devices.This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I/O.

Without Access Logix

Make sure the SCSISAN.CDM module is not installed.

If the Navisphere Host Agent is running, stop it by unloading the

Navagent.nlm driver with the command

unload navagent

Install PowerPath.

Note After PowerPath is installed on a NetWare 6 server, a device named EMC PowerPath Control

Device appears under

ConsoleOne > Tools > Disk

Management > Devices.This device is always inactive and is unavailable for I/O.

Reference Document

NetWare documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for NetWare

Installation Guide

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for NetWare installation and administrator’s guide

CAUTION If you use the

server -ns command to bring up

NetWare, you must either load the PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths.

Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

CAUTION If you use the

server -ns command to bring up

NetWare, you must either load the

PowerPath driver manually or remove all redundant paths.

Failure to do so may result in LUN corruption.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

4-34

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

10 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the

HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional

HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

11 Switches

Zone for additional HBAs

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port

(host initiator) to the SPs.

Switch management documentation

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

12 Server

Register additional HBAs with storage system

Reboot the server.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each new

HBA is registered with the storage system.

Reboot the server.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-35

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Make LUNs available to additional HBAs

14 Server

Verify paths to storage system

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server and its Storage Group.

N/A

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Reboot the server

Checkpoint - Verify the paths to each LUN with the following

NetWare command:

list devices

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to each LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Checkpoint - Verify the paths to each LUN with the following

NetWare command:

list devices

Checkpoint - Verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to each

LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

NetWare documentation

PowerPath product guide

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 7 or 8.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step

7 or 8

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

4-36

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

15 Server

Remount volumes

With Access Logix

If the server is not in a cluster

Remount the volumes on the storage system.

Without Access Logix

If the server is not in a cluster

Remount the volumes on the storage system.

Reference Document

NetWare documentation

16 Server

Save PowerPath configuration

17 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If the server is in a cluster

Load cluster software on the server with the following command:

ldncs

Move cluster resources back to the server.

Save the server’s PowerPath configuration with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt -save

This command creates the

powermt.ctm configuration file.

If the server is in a cluster

Load cluster software on the server with the following command:

ldncs

Move cluster resources back to the server.

Save the server’s PowerPath configuration with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt -save

This command creates the

powermt.ctm configuration file.

PowerPath product guide

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

NetWare documentation

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

PowerPath product guide

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing NetWare Server and Existing Storage System

4-37

NetWare Installation Checklists

Task

17 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore powermt restore

4-38

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

5

Solaris Installation

Checklists

This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install an

CLARiiON system in a configuration with a Solaris

server and

PowerPath or VERITAS DMP failover software.

The sections for the different configurations are

PowerPath Configurations for Solaris ............................................5-2

DMP Configurations for Solaris ....................................................5-45

Solaris Installation Checklists

5-1

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for Solaris

Read this section if you are installing a Solaris PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system. A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running Solaris and not connected to any storage system.

existing server

- A server running Solaris and that is already connected to one or more storage systems.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

existing storage system

- CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700,

FC4500, or FC4700-Series that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain.

All CLARiiON storage systems connected to the server must be CX300,

CX400, CX500, CX600, CX700, FC4500, FC4700-Series, or FC5300 storage systems. If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server, the server cannot run PowerPath.

Topics relating to the checklists for Solaris PowerPath configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions.................................................. 5-3

Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 5-3

Documentation................................................................................... 5-4

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and New Storage

System.................................................................................................. 5-8

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage

System................................................................................................ 5-14

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage

System................................................................................................ 5-25

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing

Storage System ................................................................................. 5-32

5-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Required Host

Software Revisions

Prerequisites

Solaris operating system revision and patches listed in the EMC

Support Matrix on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

Solaris PowerPath

• For CX400, CX600, FC4500, and FC4700-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.0 with Patch 3.0.2 or higher, except for Solaris 9, which requires PowerPath 3.0.3 or higher

• For CX300, CX500, and CX700 storage systems

Version 3.0.4 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath Release Notes for

UNIX on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your Solaris version.

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to the SPs in CX300, CX400,CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage system.

For most configurations, you must also have a host that is

• Running Navisphere 6.X

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to SPs in CX300, CX400, CX500,

CX600, CX700, or FC4700-Series storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath, you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system. This computer must run

• Windows 2000

• Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6.1 or higher.

PowerPath Configurations for Solaris

5-3

Solaris Installation Checklists

Documentation

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The following documents will help you with this planning:

• EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage

Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273)

EMC CX400-Series and CX600-Series Storage Systems

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003113)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700-2

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003087)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500, FC5300, and

FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003039)

Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop or, for an FC4500 or FC4700, on the computer you will connect to the storage system, before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver.

This documentation is also available from the following websites

For Emulex HBAs and drivers: http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/framemc.htm

For QLogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

Documentation that ships with the

• Switches and switch management software

• Solaris operating system

Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover

Software (P/N 069001173)

5-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Version 4.3 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-673) or

PowerPath Version 4.2 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-521) or

PowerPath Version 4.1 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-290) or

PowerPath Version 4.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-000-979) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-047)

PowerPath for Solaris Version 4.3 Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-681) or

PowerPath for Solaris Version 4.2 Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-528) or

PowerPath Version 4.1 for Solaris Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-293) or

PowerPath Version 4.0 for UNIX Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-000-978) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 for UNIX Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-000-511)

EMC Navisphere Agent and CLI for Solaris Version 5.X Installation

Guide (P/N 069001150) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for Solaris Installation Guide

(P/N300-002-039)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Reference

(P/N 069001038)

Storage-System Host Utilities for Solaris Administrator’s Guide

(P/N 069001140)

EMC SnapView Installation Guide (P/N 069001193, revision A02 or higher)

EMC SAN Copy Installation Guide (P/N 069001187)

PowerPath Configurations for Solaris

5-5

Solaris Installation Checklists

EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-799)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082) - for SPS installation only

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX200-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003116) and EMC Storage Systems

CX200-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003117)

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2) CX400-Series Setup

and Cabling Guide (P/N 014003105) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) CX600-Series Setup and

Cabling Guide

(P/N 014003078) and EMC Storage Systems

CX400-Series and CX600-Series Initialization Guide

(P/N 014003112)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and Cabling

Guide

(P/N 014003104)

5-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

FC4500 Setup Guide (P/N 014003102, revision A03 or higher)

FC4700-2 Setup Guide (P/N 014003073)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Sun Solaris (P/N 300-000-607)

PowerPath Configurations for Solaris

5-7

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4)

2 Server

Set HBA driver properties

3 Server

I nstall PowerPath

4 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Install HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

For an Emulex HBA driver, be sure to set the following parameter:

no-device-delay=0

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Install PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Solaris host connectivity guide

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4)

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for Solaris

Installation Guide

5 Server

Install admsnap

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

5-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

6 Switches

Install

7 Storage System

Install

8 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

With Access Logix

For a SAN

Install switches, if not already installed.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Checkpoint - Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gigabit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Reference Document

Rails, cabinet, switch documentation.

Rails and cabinet documentation

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-9

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

9 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and LAN

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide.

10 Storage System

Set up security

11 Storage System

Set Properties for PowerPath

For a 2-Gigabit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

Use the following the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties to the values for PowerPath:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1

navicli -h

hostname unitserialnumber lun (only for server in a Sun

Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

12 Switches

Zone

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Switch management documentation

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

5-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Make target SPs available

14 Storage System

Configure

15 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

With Access Logix

Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

Reference Document

Solaris utilities kit administrator’s guide

Edit the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file to add LUNs and their targets.

Solaris driver.conf man page

Reboot the server using the reboot - - -r command so the HBA can see the targets (SPs).

Checkpoint - Verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Solaris documentation

Checkpoint - Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify that each path to the storage system has one arraycommpath device with an

ID of drive type unknown.

The output of this command should be Vendor DGC, Product LUNZ.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reboot the server using the reboot - - -r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

If Solaris does not recognize any LUNs, verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

Solaris documentation

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-11

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server

Make LUNs available to

Solaris

17 Server

Configure

PowerPath for missing devices

With Access Logix

Prepare the LUNs to receive data by

• Specifying Solaris mount point names for them

• Labeling and partitioning them

• Mounting file systems on them

• Mounting them to the mount points

Use the following PowerPath commands to configure PowerPath for any missing logical devices so all paths to LUNs are visible:

powercf -i or powercf -q

powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• You registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 11.

Reference Document

Solaris host connectivity guide or

Solaris documentation

PowerPath product guide

18 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the PowerPath following command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

PowerPath product guide

5-12

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

18 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

19 Server

VERITAS VxVM

With Access Logix Reference Document

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath product guide

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled paths becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt restore

For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3.1.1 or below

Before you reboot the server, edit the /etc/rcS.d/S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character:

/etc/powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath echo "PowerPath:powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath"

On the next reboot, the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect.

VERITAS VxVM documentation and

EMC manual on installing and configuring EMP power devices with Solaris applications

For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3.2 or above

Issue the following command:

vxddladm addjbod vid=DGC pagecode 0x83 offset=8 length=16

You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot.

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-13

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Install HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4).

2 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Install HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, to the values required for

CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

For an Emulex HBA driver, be sure to set the following parameter:

no-device-delay=0

Install HBA driver.

Set the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, to the values required for

CLARiiON and Power Path.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

For an Emulex HBA driver, be sure to set the following parameter:

no-device-delay=0

Solaris host connectivity guide

For Emulex or QLogic

HBAs - HBA documentation (see

URL on page 5-4)

For JNI HBAs - Solaris utilities administrator guide

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

5-14

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

3 Server

Install PowerPath

Install PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

4 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Without Access Logix

Install PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for Solaris

Installation Guide

5 Server

Install admsnap

6 Storage System

Update software

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

N/A

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-15

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

7 Server

Cable to switches or storage system

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable the HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gigabit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gigabit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

5-16

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

8 Switches

Zone

9 Storage System

Register HBAs

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or

MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

On the server, restart the

Navisphere Host Agent or

Navisphere Server Utility.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 11.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system go to step 11.

Switch management documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for Solaris

Installation Guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-17

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

10 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700, or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set Properties for PowerPath

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help or

Navisphere CLI reference where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

If the server is in a Sun Cluster, use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the unitserialnumber storage-system property to lun:

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

unitserialnumber lun

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Go to step 12.

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

unitserialnumber lun (only for server in a Sun Cluster) where

hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Go to step 12.

5-18

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

11 FC4500 Storage

System

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system

Storage-system setup guide

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -unitserialnumber

lun ( only for server in a Sun

Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Navisphere CLI reference

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-19

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

11 FC4500 Storage

System (cont.)

With Access Logix

12 Server

Make target SPs available

Add persistent bindings to the

HBA driver configuration file.

Edit the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file to add any additional LUNs you will bind and their targets.

Without Access Logix Reference Document

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1 navicli -np -d

device

unitserialnumber lun ( only for server in a Sun Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

Navisphere CLI reference

Add persistent bindings to the

HBA driver configuration file.

Edit the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file to add any additional LUNs you will bind and their targets.

Solaris utilities kit administrator’s guide

Solaris driver.conf man page

Reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so the

HBA can see the targets (SPs).

Checkpoint - Verify that each

HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so the

HBA can see the targets (SPs).

Checkpoint - Verify that each

HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Solaris documentation

5-20

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

12 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Checkpoint - Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify the paths to the storage system. Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type unknown.

Checkpoint - Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify the paths to the storage system. Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type unknown.

Solaris documentation

13 Storage System

Configure

Note The format command will display n+1 device entries for each LUN, where n is the number of paths to the LUN. One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices.

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group.

If the server will use a new

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage

Group, and assign LUNs to the

Storage Group.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage

Group.

Note The format command will display n+1 device entries for each LUN, where n is the number of paths to the LUN. One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so that

Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage

Group look like any other disks in the server.

Reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so that

Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server.

Solaris documentation

Checkpoint - Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

If Solaris does not recognize any

LUNs, verify the connection to the

Storage Group.

Checkpoint - Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

For an FC4500, disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500, disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-21

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

14 Server

Make LUNs available to

Solaris

15 Server

Configure

PowerPath for missing devices

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Prepare LUNs to receive data by

• Specifying Solaris mount point names for them

Prepare the LUNs to receive data by

• Specifying Solaris mount point names for them

Solaris host connectivity guide or

Solaris documentation

• Labeling and partitioning them

• Mounting file systems on them

• Labeling and partitioning them

• Mounting file systems on them

• Mounting them to the mount points • Mounting them to the mount points

Use the following PowerPath commands to configure

PowerPath for any missing logical devices so all paths to the LUNs are visible:

Use the following PowerPath commands to configure

PowerPath for any missing logical devices so all paths to the LUNs are visible:

PowerPath product guide

powercf -i or powercf -q

powermt config

powercf -i or powercf -q

powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• You registered your PowerPath license key.

• The storage-system properties are set as defined in step 10.

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• You registered your PowerPath license key.

• The storage-system properties are set as defined in step 10.

5-22

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

PowerPath product guide

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — New Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-23

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt restore powermt restore

17 Server

VERITAS VxVM

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.1.1 or below

Before you reboot the server, edit the /etc/rcS.d/S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character:

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.1.1 or below

Before you reboot the server, edit the /etc/rcS.d/S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character:

VERITAS VxVM documentation and

EMC manual on installing and configuring EMP power devices with Solaris applications

/etc/powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath echo "PowerPath:powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath"

On the next reboot, the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect.

/etc/powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath echo "PowerPath:powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath"

On the next reboot, the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect.

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.2 or above

Issue the following command:

vxddladm addjbod vid=DGC pagecode 0x83 offset=8 length=16

You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot.

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.2 or above

Issue the following command:

vxddladm addjbod vid=DGC pagecode 0x83 offset=8 length=16

You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot.

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

5-24

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or

CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Solaris ATF administrator’s guide or the Solaris utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to it original state, and may result in lost data.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-25

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

With Access Logix

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4)

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself

(see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC Professional

Services remove it.

Removing ATF or

CDE

2 Server

Remove ATF or

CDE

3 Server

Update Software

4 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

5 Server

Install PowerPath

6 Storage System

Install

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required

minimum revision (page 5-3), update it:

• HBA driver (save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them to the new driver.)

• Navisphere Host Agent

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4)

CX-Series Server

Software for Solaris

Installation Guide

• admsnap

Make sure the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

You will set the persistent bindings after the storage system is installed and the switches are zoned.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4)

For an Emulex HBA driver, be sure to set the following parameter:

no-device-delay=0

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Solaris host connectivity guide

Install PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Note The format command will display n+1 device entries for each LUN, where n is the number of paths to the LUN. One of these entries is a

PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices.

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

5-26

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

7 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the the storage-system management ports.

same subnet as

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

8 Storage System

Cable to switch or server and LAN

Connect the storage system to the switch or HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide

For a 2-Gigabit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

9 Storage System

Set up security

Cable each SP to the LAN connected to the hosts from which you will manage the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

10 Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1

navicli -h

hostname unitserialnumber lun (only for server in a Sun

Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-27

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

11 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Storage-system setup guide.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gigabit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

12 Switches

Zone additional

HBAs

13 Server

Make target SPs available

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or MIrrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Switch management documentation

Add persistent bindings for the new SPs and any new HBAs to the HBA driver configuration file.

Note Removing ATF does not remove or change the persistent bindings.

Edit the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file to add LUNs and their targets.

Solaris utilities kit administrator’s guide

Solaris driver.conf man page

Reboot the server using the reboot - - -r command so the HBA can see the targets (SPs).

Checkpoint - Verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Solaris documentation

Checkpoint - Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify that each path to the storage system has one arraycommpath device with an ID of drive type unknown.

The output of this command should be Vendor DGC, Product LUNZ.

5-28

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Make target SPs available (cont.)

14 Storage System

Configure

15 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

16 Server

Make LUNs available to

Solaris

17 Server

Configure

PowerPath for missing devices

With Access Logix Reference Document

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reboot the server using the reboot - - -r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Solaris documentation

Checkpoint - Use the format command to verify that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

If Solaris does not recognize any LUNs, verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

Solaris documentation

If you will monitor storage-system events, apply the desired event monitor templates to the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Prepare the LUNs to receive data by

• Specifying Solaris mount point names for them

• Labeling and partitioning them

• Mounting file systems on them

• Mounting them to the mount points

Use the following PowerPath commands to configure PowerPath for any missing logical devices so all paths to LUNs are visible:

powercf -i or powercf -q

powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following PowerPath command to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• You registered your PowerPath license key.

• The storage-system properties are set as defined in step 10.

Solaris host connectivity guide or

Solaris documentation

PowerPath product guide

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-29

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

18 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

PowerPath product guide

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

-

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt restore

PowerPath product guide

19 Server

Applications online

Bring any applications that you shut down (such as clustering or databases) back online, and configure for PowerPath if required.

PowerPath for Unix installation and administrator’s guide

5-30

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

20 Server

VERITAS VxVM

With Access Logix Reference Document

For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3.1.1 or below

Before you reboot the server, edit the /etc/rcS.d/S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character:

/etc/powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath echo "PowerPath:powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath"

On the next reboot, the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect.

VERITAS VxVM documentation and

EMC manual on installing and configuring EMP power devices with

Solaris applications

For a server with VERITAS VxVM V3.2 or above

Issue the following command:

vxddladm addjbod vid=DGC pagecode 0x83 offset=8 length=16

You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot.

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-31

Solaris Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing

Storage System

This checklist assumes that the existing Solaris server and existing storage system are already connected in a SAN or direct attach configuration. Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional

Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Solaris ATF administrator’s guide or the Solaris utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to it original state, and may result in lost data.

If you are transitioning a SunCluster or VERITAS Cluster Server

(VCS) configuration from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, perform the procedure in the checklist on each node in succession. While you perform the procedure on one node, you can leave the cluster services active on the other node, provided failure in a path to the storage system does not occur.

5-32

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, and

CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the Access

Logix enabler installed.

Task

2 Server

Remove ATF or

CDE

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-4)

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC

Professional Services remove it.

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC

Professional Services remove it.

Removing ATF or CDE

3 Server

Update Software

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision

(page 5-3), update it

• HBA driver (save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them to the new driver.)

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required minimum revision

(page 5-3), update it:

For Emulex or QLogic

driver- HBA documentation (see

URL on page 5-4)

• HBA driver (save the persistent bindings as you will need to add them to the new driver.

For JNI driver- Solaris utilities administrator guide

• Navisphere Host Agent CX-Series Server

Software for Solaris

Installation Guide

4 Server

Set HBA driver parameters

Make sure the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Make sure the HBA driver parameters, except for the persistent bindings, are set to the values required for CLARiiON and PowerPath.

Solaris host connectivity guide

For Emulex or QLogic

HBAs - HBA documentation (see

URL on page 5-4) For an Emulex HBA driver, be sure to set the following parameter:

no-device-delay=0

For an Emulex HBA driver, be sure to set the following parameter:

no-device-delay=0

For JNI HBAs - Solaris utilities administrator guide

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-33

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

5 Storage System

Update software

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 7.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 7.

6 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700,or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For new HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

navicli -h

hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

5-34

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

6 CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600,

CX700,or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath (cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

unitserialnumber lun ( only for server in a Sun Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Go to step 8.

navicli -h

hostname

unitserialnumber lun ( only for server in a Sun Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Go to step 8.

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Unit Serial Number to LUN

Go to step 8.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-35

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

7 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

For new HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

For any HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere CLI reference where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

time.

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

5-36

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

7 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath (cont.)

For new HBAs (cont.)

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

For new HBAs (cont.)

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1 navicli -np -d

device

unitserialnumber lun ( only for server in a Sun Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1 navicli -np -d

device

unitserialnumber lun ( only for server in a Sun Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-37

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

7 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath (cont.)

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1

navicli -np -d

device

unitserialnumber lun ( only for server in a Sun Cluster; it must left at the default setting for all other cases) where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

Without Access Logix Reference Document

Navisphere CLI reference

5-38

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

8 Server

Install

PowerPath

With Access Logix

Install PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Without Access Logix

Install PowerPath.

If you have a PowerPath license key, register it

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

UNIX installation and administrator’s guide

Note The format command will display n+1 device entries for each LUN, where n is the number of paths to the LUN. One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices.

Note The format command will display n+1 device entries for each LUN, where n is the number of paths to the LUN. One of these entries is a PowerPath device and the other n entries are native devices.

PowerPath product guide

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs:

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees the paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 6.

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are set as defined in step 6.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-39

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

9 Server

Cable additional

HBAs to switches or storage system

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Cable any additional HBA ports to the switch connected to the storage system or to SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each additional HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

10 Switches

Zone for additional HBAs

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a SAN

Zone the switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system

Switch management documentation

5-40

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

11 Server

Make target SPs available

If you updated the driver or added additional HBAs, add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

If you updated the driver or added additional HBAs, add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

Solaris utilities kit administrator’s guide

Note Removing ATF does not remove or change the persistent bindings.

Note Removing ATF does not remove or change the persistent bindings.

Edit the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file to add LUNs for the new targets.

If you added persistent bindings, reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so the

HBAs can see the targets (SPs).

Edit the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file to add LUNs with new targets.

If you added persistent bindings, reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so the

HBAs can see the targets (SPs).

Solaris driver.conf man page

Solaris documentation

Checkpoint - Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify the paths to the storage system. Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type unknown.

Checkpoint - Use the inquiry option of the format command to verify the paths to the storage system. Alternate paths will have a device with an ID of drive type unknown.

12 Server

Make paths to additional HBAs available

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server and its Storage Group.

Reboot the server using the

reboot - - -r command so the

HBAs can see the LUNs in the

Storage Group.

N/A Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-41

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Configure

PowerPath for missing devices

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Use the following Power Path commands to configure

PowerPath for any missing logical devices so all paths to the LUNs are visible:

Use the following PowerPath commands to configure

PowerPath for any missing logical devices so all paths to the LUNs are visible:

PowerPath product guide

powercf -i or powercf -q powercf -i or powercf -q

powermt config powermt config

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• You registered your PowerPath license key.

• The storage-system properties are set as defined in steps 6 or

7.

Checkpoint - Use the following

PowerPath command to verify that PowerPath sees all paths to the LUNs:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath cannot see all the paths, verify that

• You registered your PowerPath license key.

• The storage-system properties are set as defined in step 6 or

7.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

14 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

Stop all applications accessing the storage system and disable user logins to the server.

PowerPath product guide

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

5-42

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

14 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

15 Server

Applications online

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

PowerPath product guide

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore powermt restore

Bring any applications that you shut down (such as clustering or databases) back online, and configure for PowerPath if required.

Bring any applications that you shut down (such as clustering or databases) back online, and configure for PowerPath if required.

PowerPath for Unix installation and administrator’s guide

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Solaris Server and Existing Storage System

5-43

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server

VERITAS VxVM

With Access Logix

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.1.1 or below

Before you reboot the server, edit the /etc/rcS.d/S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character:

/etc/powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath echo "PowerPath:powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath"

On the next reboot, the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect.

Without Access Logix

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.1.1 or below

Before you reboot the server, edit the /etc/rcS.d/S24powerstartup file to add the following two lines to the bottom of the file after the last fi character:

/etc/powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath echo "PowerPath:powermt set volume_open_policy=firstpath"

On the next reboot, the first path policy used by CLARiiON storage systems will take effect.

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.2 or above

Issue the following command:

vxddladm addjbod vid=DGC pagecode 0x83 offset=8 length=16

You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot.

For a server with VERITAS VxVM

V3.2 or above

Issue the following command:

vxddladm addjbod vid=DGC pagecode 0x83 offset=8 length=16

You need to issue this command just once and it will take effect on the next reboot.

Reference Document

VERITAS VxVM documentation and

EMC manual on installing and configuring EMP power devices with Solaris applications

5-44

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

DMP Configurations for Solaris

Read this section if you are installing a Solaris VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new storage system. A new server and a new storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running Solaris and not connected to any storage system.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Topics relating to the checklist for Solaris DMP configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions................................................ 5-45

Prerequisites ..................................................................................... 5-45

Documentation................................................................................. 5-46

DMP Checklist - New Solaris Server and New Storage System5-48

Required Host

Software Revisions

Solaris operating system revision and patches listed in the EMC

Support Matrix on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

VxVM 3.2 update 2 or higher

Prerequisites

You have installed the storage systems and, for FC4700 storage systems, initialized them (see storage-system initialization guide).

You have set up storage-system security (see Security administrator’s guide and Navisphere Manager online help).

You have installed any switches and connected the storage-system SPs to switch ports (see switch documentation)

You have installed Navisphere Manager.

DMP Configurations for Solaris

5-45

Solaris Installation Checklists

You have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server that you will connect to the SPs in the storage system.

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

Documentation

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver.

This documentation is also available from the following websites:

For Emulex HBAs and drivers: http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/framemc.htm

For QLogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

Documentation that ships with

• Switches and switch management software

• Sun Solaris

®

operating system

• VERITAS Volume Manager

Storage-System Host Utilities for Solaris Administrator’s Guide

(P/N 069001140)

EMC CX-Series Server Software for Solaris Installation Guide

(P/N 300-002-039)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082)

5-46

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and Cabling

Guide

(P/N 014003104)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Sun Solaris (P/N 300-000-607)

DMP Configurations for Solaris

5-47

Solaris Installation Checklists

DMP Checklist - New Solaris Server and New Storage System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, cables

2 Server

Edit the HBA driver file

With Access Logix

Install the Fibre Channel HBAs, and, if needed, install the optical GBIC connector on the 1-Gbit PCI HBA.

Reference Document

For Emulex or Qlogic

HBAs - HBA documentation (see URL

on page 5-4)

For JNI HBAs - Solaris utilities administrator guide

Install the HBA driver.

Connect cables from the host HBA port to a switch port.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the settings required for CLARiiON, except for the persistent bindings, which you will set after you have zoned the switches.

For Emulex or Qlogic

HBAs - HBA documentation (see URL

on page 5-4)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

For JNI HBAs - Solaris utilities administrator guide

3 Server

Add LUNs to the sd.conf file

Add LUNs to the /kernel/drv/sd.conf file

Reboot the server using the reboot -- -r command.

4 Server

Install the Host

Agent or Server

Software

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

If not already done, connect the LAN to the server and perform any needed LAN configuration.

5 Storage System

Configure

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties,

HBA documentation

(see URL on page 5-46)

CX-Series Server

Software for Solaris

Installation Guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

6 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Event Monitor administrator’s guide and online help.

5-48

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

7 Storage System

Set arraycommpath mode

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to set the default storage-system arraycommpath property with the following command:

navicli -h

sp arraycommpath 1 where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system.

8 Switch

Connect servers and SPs

Verify that the servers and SPs are connected to the switch

Reference Document

Navisphere CLI reference

Documentation that ships with the switches

9 Switch

Zone switches

For a SAN

Zone switches.

This provides a path from the host initiator to the SP.

You will need to know the WWPN of the host initiators - available in the switch’s name server table.

Documentation that ships with the switches

Reboot the server using the reboot -- -r command to load the drivers and perform a login of the host initiators and SPs to the fabric ports on the switch.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify that the HBAs and storage systems are logged in to the switch as fabric ports, and to verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Add persistent bindings to the HBA driver configuration file.

Solaris utilities administrator guide

10 Server

Add persistent bindings

11 Storage System

Verify host initiators are registered

Before you connect the server to a Storage Group, use the Connectivity

Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to verify that the host initiators are registered.

12 Storage System

Connect host initiators to

Storage Groups

Use Navisphere Manager to connect servers to Storage Groups

Reboot the server using the reboot -- -r command so that Solaris recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Use the format command to verify that the operating system sees all the LUNs and label any new LUNs.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

DMP Checklist - New Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-49

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

13 Server

Install Volume

Manager and

DMP

With Access Logix

Use the pkgadd command to add Volume Manager and DMP to the server.

Install any recommended VERITAS updates.

Reference Document

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

14 Server

Install the

CLARiiON DMP driver

Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the

VERITAS website.

Use the pkgadd command to install the CLARiiON DMP driver on the server.

Note Until rootdg is created (part of vxinstall command) on at least one disk, DMP displays an error message looking for the config daemon.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

15 Storage System

Set the system type and failover mode

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default storage-system type and failover mode properties with the following commands:

navicli -h

sp systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

sp storagegroup -sethost -host solaris_host -failovermode

2

where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system.

solaris_host is the name of the Solaris server.

navicli man page or

Navisphere CLI reference

16 Server

Reboot

Reboot the server using the reboot -- -r command

• to make LUNs available to Solaris

• to make LUNs accessible via both SPs

Important If you do not set the failover mode to 2, you will only see half of the expected paths to the SPs.

17 Server

Configure

Volume Manager

Run vxinstall to configure Volume Manager and place at least one LUN under VxVM control

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

18 Server

Verify DMP installation

For VXVM 3.5 or higher

Log into VERITAS Enterprise Administrator (VEA).

Click the host name for the server.

Click disks.

Click a device that you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

5-50

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

18 Server

Verify DMP installation

(cont.)

19 Server

Verify DMP

Operation

With Access Logix

Click the paths tab for that device.

Reference Document

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

Verify that the device has primary and secondary paths to it.

Verify the state of the device (enabled or disabled).

For a VxVM version less than 3.5

Log into Volume Manager Storage Administrator (VMSA)

Double-click a disk icon.

In the list of disks, double-click a disk you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system.

Click the disks tab to verify there are the expected number of Primary and Secondary paths.

Verify that it displays the correct number of paths with

vxdisk list device where device is the name of the disk you selected.

Start I/O to the VERITAS Volume.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

Identify the CLARiiON devices under the Volume with

vxprint -v

Choose one of the CLARiiON devices and determine all its paths with

vxdisk list

device or

vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename=

device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device

DMP Checklist - New Solaris Server and New Storage System

5-51

Solaris Installation Checklists

Task

19 Server

Verify DMP

Operation

(cont.)

With Access Logix

Determine the controller through which I/O is going with

iostat -xn

Determine the HBA and SP to which that controller corresponds.

Disconnect the path to that SP.

Verify that the path to the chosen CLARiiON device is disabled with

vxdisk list

device or

vxdmpadm getsubpaths dmpnodename=

device where device is the name of the CLARiiON device

Verify that I/0 is still running with

iostat -xn

Reference Document

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

!

CAUTION

If you want to install any new software or upgrade any existing software on a storage system after DMP is installed and running, you should use the Navisphere Manager Software Installation

Wizard. If this wizard is not supported for your storage system, be sure to refer to the "Special NDU Procedure" in the "VERITAS

Volume Manager" section for CLARiiON of the Host Connectivity

Guide for Sun Solaris, which is available on the EMC Powerlink website.

5-52

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

6

Tru64 UNIX Installation

Checklist

This chapter contains a checklist of the tasks required to install a new

CLARiiON storage system in a configuration with a new Tru64

®

UNIX

®

server.

Topics are

Tru64 UNIX Configurations .............................................................6-2

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System

Without Boot Disk..............................................................................6-4

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System

With Boot Disk....................................................................................6-6

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

6-1

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Tru64 UNIX Configurations

Read this section if you are installing a Tru64 UNIX configuration with a new server and a new storage system. A new server and storage system are defined as follows:

New server

- A server running Tru64 UNIX and not connected to any storage system.

New storage system

- A CX500 or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Prerequisites

All switches must be installed.

Storage systems must be set up, initialized (if required), and connected to switches, and any optional storage-system software

(Access Logix, SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView,

MirrorView/A) must be installed.

If you will use Navisphere Manager 6.X, you must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in CX500 or CX700 storage systems.

6-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Documentation

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

This checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with

• HBA and HBA driver

• Switches and switch management software

• Tru64

®

UNIX

®

operating system

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Compaq Tru64 UNIX

(P/N 300-000-616)

Tru64 UNIX Configurations

6-3

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System

Without Boot Disk

This checklist is for a new storage system that will not contain a Tru64

UNIX boot disk. If you want the new storage system to contain a boot

disk, use the procedure that starts on page 6-6.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install HBAs, drivers, and cables

Install the Fibre Channel HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

Create an entry in /etc/ddr.dbase to provide support for

CLARiiON LUNs.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

Install the HBA driver.

Checkpoint — Verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

HBA documentation

2 Switches

Zone

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Zone the switches to provide a path from each HBA

(host initiator) to an SP.

Switch management documentation

3 Storage System

Set Base UDID

Set the Base UDID (UUID on screen) for the storage system.

If necessary, you can determine the available UDID ranges for the server or cluster with the following command:

wwidmgr -show wwid

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

6-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Task

4 Storage System

Set connection properties

5 Storage System

Set up security

With Access Logix Reference Document

Determine the port name and node name of each HBA connected to the storage system.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX

Use Navisphere Manager to register the connection for each HBA with the following Initiator Record properties:

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Property Value

Initiator Type

Compaq/Tru64

ArrayCommPath

Failover Mode

Selected

0

Unit Serial Number

Array

For Navisphere 6.X, use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere Manager online help

6 Storage System

Configure

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind

LUNs, create Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to

Storage Groups.

After the binding of all LUNs is completed, use

Navisphere Manager to connect the server to its

Storage Group.

7 Storage System

Set up Event Monitor

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

8 Server

Make LUNs available to Tru64 UNIX

Scan for new LUNs with the following command:

hwmgr -scan scsi

Checkpoint — Verify that all LUNs in the Storage

Group are visible to the server with the following command:

hwmgr -show scsi

Create partition tables and the appropriate utilities for the file systems you will be using with the disklabel command.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System Without Boot Disk

6-5

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With

Boot Disk

This checklist is for a new storage system that will contain a Tru64

UNIX boot disk. If you do not want the new storage system to contain

a boot disk, use the procedure that starts on page 6-4.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs and cables

2 Storage System

Set Base UDID

With Access Logix

Install the Fibre Channel HBAs.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Checkpoint — Verify the server connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Set the Base UDID (UUID on screen) for the storage system.

If necessary, you can determine the available UDID ranges for the server or cluster with the following command:

wwidmgr -show wwid

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

6-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Task

3 Switches

Zone single path to

SP

4 Storage System

Set connection properties

5 Storage System

Bind Boot LUN

With Access Logix Reference Document

Zone the switches to provide a single path from one

HBA (host initiator) to default SP owner of the boot disk

LUN in the storage system.

Do note zone more than one path to the storage system at this point in the installation procedure. The installation my fail if both SPs are visible to Tru64 UNIX.

You can zone multiple paths later in the installation procedure.

Switch management documentation

Checkpoint — Verify that the HBA connection is visible.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

If it is not visible, execute the init command at the server’s console.

Determine the port name and node name of each HBA connected to the storage system.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX

Use Navisphere Manager to register the connection for each HBA with the following Initiator Record properties:

Property Value

Initiator Type

Compaq/Tru64

ArrayCommPath

Failover Mode

Selected

0

Unit Serial Number

Array

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION The RAID Group for the boot LUN must consist of

Fibre Channel disks ( not ATA disks).

Use Navisphere Manager to create a RAID Group for the LUN that will be the system disk and bind that LUN.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Create a Storage Group for the boot LUN.

After the binding of the boot LUN is completed, use

Navisphere Manager to connect the server to its

Storage Group.

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot Disk

6-7

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

6 Server

Prepare SRM

Console for Boot LUN

At the SRM console, execute the init command.

Verify that the boot LUN is visible to the console with the following command:

wwidmgr -show wwid

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

Execute the following command:

wwidmgr -quickset -udid udid-num where udid-num is the UDID number of the boot LUN.

At the SRM console, execute the init command.

Checkpoint — Verify that the boot LUN is visible with the following command:

show device

7 Server

Install Tru64 UNIX on boot LUN

Install Tru64 UNIX on the boot LUN.

Apply any required patches and driver updates.

Create an entry in /etc/ddr.dbase to provide support for

CLARiiON LUNs.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

Shut down the server.

8 Switches

Zone additional paths

Create the rest of the zones between the SPs and the appropriate HBAs on the server.

Update connection information

Switch management documentation

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect the server from the Storage Group containing the boot LUN.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to register the remaining connections for each HBA with the following Initiator

Record properties:

Property Value

Initiator Type

ArrayCommPath

Failover Mode

Compaq/Tru64

Selected

0

Unit Serial Number

Array

Reconnect the server to the Storage Group containing the boot LUN.

6-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Task

11 Storage System

Set up security

With Access Logix Reference Document

10 Server

Update SRM Console for Boot LUN

At the SRM console, execute the init command.

Execute the following command:

wwidmgr -quickset -udid

udid-num where udid-num is the UDID number of the boot LUN.

At the SRM console, execute the init command again.

Checkpoint — Verify that the boot LUN is visible with the following command:

show device

Only one entry for the LUN should appear in the device list for each path between the server and the storage system.

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

Set the boot LUN as default boot device with the following command:

set bootdef_dev

being sure to include all paths to the boot LUN.

Boot the server with the following command:

boot

For Navisphere 6.X, use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere Manager online help

12 Storage System

Configure

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create additional RAID

Groups (if desired), bind LUNs, and assign the LUNs to the Storage Group.

13 Storage System

Set up Event Monitor

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Checklist - New Tru64 UNIX Server and New Storage System With Boot Disk

6-9

Tru64 UNIX Installation Checklist

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

14 Server

Make LUNs available to Tru64 UNIX

After the binding of all LUNs is completed, scan for new

LUNs with the following command:

hwmgr -scan scsi

Host connectivity guide for Tru64 UNIX and Tru64 UNIX documentation

Checkpoint — Verify that all LUNs in the Storage

Group are visible to the server with the following command:

hwmgr -show scsi

Create partition tables and the appropriate utilities for the file systems you will be using with the disklabel command.

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

6-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Invisible Body Tag

7

Windows Installation

Checklists

This chapter contains checklists of the tasks required to install an

CLARiiON system in a configuration with a Windows® server and

PowerPath or VERITAS DMP failover software.

CX-Series refers to all the CX storage systems, except for the CX200LC.

The sections for the different configurations are

PowerPath Configurations for Windows .......................................7-2

DMP Configurations for Windows ...............................................7-57

Windows Installation Checklists

7-1

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Configurations for Windows

Read this section if you are installing a Windows Server 2003 or

Windows 2000 PowerPath configuration with a new or existing server and a new or existing storage system.

A new and existing server and a new and existing storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running Windows Server 2003 or Windows

2000 and not connected to any storage system.

existing server

- A server running Windows Server 2003 or

Windows 2000 that is already connected to one or more storage systems.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, CX500i, or CX700 storage system that has the factory default settings and that has never been connected to a server.

existing storage system

- A CX-Series, FC4500, or FC4700-Series storage system that is already connected to one or more servers and is in a Navisphere domain.

All CLARiiON storage systems connected to a Windows server must be

CX-Series or FC-Series storage systems that are supported for that server. If any other type of CLARiiON storage system is connected to the server, the server cannot run PowerPath.

Topics in this section are

Required Host Software Revisions.................................................. 7-3

Prerequisites ....................................................................................... 7-4

Documentation................................................................................... 7-5

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage

System.................................................................................................. 7-7

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing

Storage System Without Boot Disk ............................................... 7-14

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing

Storage System With Boot Disk ..................................................... 7-25

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New

Storage System ................................................................................. 7-37

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing

Storage System ................................................................................. 7-45

7-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Required Host

Software Revisions

Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 operating system revision and any service pack listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

Windows Server 2003 PowerPath

• For CX200, CX400, CX600, FC4500, FC4700-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.5 or higher

• For CX300, CX500, and CX700 storage systems

Version 3.0.6 or higher

• For CX500i storage systems

Version 4.3.1 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Windows on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your Windows Server 2003 version.

Windows 2000 PowerPath

• For CX200, CX400, CX600, and FC4700-Series storage systems

Version 3.0.0 or higher

• For CX300, CX500, and CX700 storage systems

Version 3.0.5 or higher

• For CX500i storage systems

Version 4.3.1 or higher

• For FC4500 storage systems

Version 3.0.0 with Patch 3.0.1 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Windows on the Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your Windows 2000 version.

PowerPath Configurations for Windows

7-3

Windows Installation Checklists

Prerequisites

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to the SP management ports in the storage system.

For most configurations, you must also have a host that is

• Running Navisphere 6.X CLI

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system server and that you will connect to SP management ports in the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system connected to a server on which you will install PowerPath, you must have a computer that you can connect to the storage system. This computer must run

• Windows 2000

• Navisphere Host Agent and CLI version 6.1 or higher

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and

MirrorView/A if you have this software. The following documents will help you with this planning:

• EMC Fibre Channel Storage System CX200-Series Configuration

Planning Guide (P/N 014003115)

EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 Storage

Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 300-001-273)

EMC CX400-Series and CX600-Series Storage Systems

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003113)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4700-2

Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003087)

EMC Fibre Channel Storage System Model FC4500, FC5300, and

FC5700 Configuration Planning Guide (P/N 014003039)

7-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Documentation

Windows Installation Checklists

Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop.

Documentation that ships with the HBA or NIC and HBA or NIC driver.

The HBA documentation is also available from the following websites.

For Emulex HBAs and drivers: http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/framemc.htm

For QLogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

Documentation that ships with the

• Fibre Channel switches and switch management software

• Microsoft Windows operating system

Removing ATF or CDE Software Before Installing Other Failover

Software (P/N 069001173)

PowerPath Version 4.3 Product Guide (P/N 300-001-673) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Product Guide (P/N 300-000-047)

PowerPath for Windows Version 4.3 Installation and Administration

Guide (P/N 300-001-685) or

PowerPath Version 3.0 Installation and Administration Guide for

Windows (P/N 300-001-045)

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows 2000 and NT

Version 6.X Installation Guide (P/N 069001151) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide

(P/N300-002-038)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Reference

(P/N 069001038)

EMC SnapView Version 2.X Installation Guide (P/N 069001193, revision A02 or higher)

EMC SAN Copy Version 2.X Installation Guide (P/N 069001187)

PowerPath Configurations for Windows

7-5

Windows Installation Checklists

EMC Rails and Enclosures Field Installation Guide

(P/N 300-001-799)

EMC Rails and Enclosures Installation Guide for 19-Inch NEMA

Cabinets (P/N 014003082) - for SPS installation only

EMC CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE) Setup Guide

(P/N 300-001-276, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX300 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-276, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX500 2-Gigabit Disk Processor Enclosure (DPE2)

Setup and Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-275, rev A01) and EMC

CLARiiON CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization

Guide (P/N 300-001-272)

EMC CLARiiON CX500i 2-Gigabit iSCSI Disk Processor Enclosure

(DPE2) Setup Guide (300-001-924)

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup

Guide (P/N 300-001-274, rev A02 or higher) or

EMC CLARiiON CX700 Storage Processor Enclosure (SPE) Setup and

Cabling Guide (P/N 300-001-274), rev A01) and EMC CLARiiON

CX300, CX500, and CX700 Storage Systems Initialization Guide

(P/N 300-001-272)

EMC 2-Gigabit Disk-Array Enclosure (DAE2) Setup and Cabling

Guide

(P/N 014003104)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Windows (P/N 300-000-603)

7-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage

System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs or

NICs and driver

2 Server with

CX500i storage system

With Access Logix

Install HBAs or NICs.

Install HBA or NIC driver.

Reference Document

HBA or NIC documentation (for

HBAs, see URL on 7-5)

For NICs

Download and install Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator.

Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool (for example, Start > Settings

> Network Connections) to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each NIC.

Microsoft documentation

3 Server

Set HBA driver properties

4 Server

Install PowerPath

For iSCSI HBAs

Download and install QLogic SANsurfer.

Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each iSCSI HBA.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

QLogic SANsurfer documentation

Host connectivity guide and HBA or NIC documentation (for

HBAs, see URL on 7-5)

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states, PowerPath will not see any logical disks (LUNs) in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Windows installation and administrator’s guide

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

7-7

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

5 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

6 Server

Install admsnap and/or admhost

With Access Logix Reference Document

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

For a CX500i storage system

Reboot server either after the Host Agent installation is complete or when the Server Utility dialog prompts you to reboot.

If you do not reboot before you run the Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure iSCSI NIC initiators, the initiators will not log in to the storage system.

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows installation guide

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

If the server has LUNs that will participate in a SAN Copy session, install the admhost utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows installation guide

7 Fibre Channel

Switches

Install

8 Storage System

Install

9 Storage System

Cable management ports

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Install Fibre Channel switches, if not already installed.

Connect a cable from each host HBA port to a switch port.

Checkpoint - Verify the HBA connection to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to the HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA is logged in to the switch port.

Rails, cabinet, and switch documentation

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

Cable the storage-system management port on each SP to the network from which you will manage the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

7-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

10 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

With Access Logix

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

Reference Document

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guides installation guide

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

11 Storage System

Cable data ports to Fibre Channel switch, network, or server

For a CX300, CX500, or CX700 Storage System

Connect the storage-system Fibre Channel data ports to the Fibre Channel switch or HBA ports.

Storage-system setup guide.

Switch documentation

Checkpoint - For a Fibre Channel SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the Fibre Channel switches by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each SP port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the SP is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

12 CX500i Storage

System

Configure iSCSI storage-system data ports

For a CX500i Storage System

Connect the storage-system iSCSI data ports to the network or NIC or

HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a network connection with the server, verify the storage-system connections to the network router or switch by checking the LED(s) for the router or switch port connected to each SP port.

Use Navisphere Manager to configure network parameters for the storage-system iSCSI data ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Switch documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

7-9

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

13 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure server iSCSI initiator ports

For NICs

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC port.

For iSCSI HBAs

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each HBA port.

Storage-system setup guide

14 Storage System

Set up security

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

15 Storage System

Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

16 FIbre Channel

Switches

Zone additional paths

17 Server

Make target SPs available

18 Storage System

Install optional software

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each HBA port

(host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Fibre Channel switch management documentation

Restart the Host Agent or run the Navisphere Server Utility, then use the

Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

If the disks are not visible, scan for them once more.

Storage-system setup guide and Windows documentation

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA or NIC is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

If you have optional SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView/A, and/or MirrorView

/S software that you ordered, install its enabler.

Storage-system setup guide and Navisphere

Manager administrator’s guide and online help

7-10

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

19 Storage System

Configure

20 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

21 CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional CHAP security

With Access Logix

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reboot the server so Windows Server 2003 or Windows_2000 recognizes the LUNs.

Windows documentation

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator (Start > Programs

>

EMC > PowerPath

Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

PowerPath product guide

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 15.

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to configure CHAP on the storage system, but do not enable it yet.

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

7-11

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

22 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional CHAP security

With Access Logix Reference Document

If you configured CHAP security for the storage system, you must configure it for the server’s iSCSI initiators.

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

For NIC Initiators

Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system.

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure initiator CHAP on the

NIC initiators.

Storage-system setup guide and Microsoft documentation

For iSCSI HBA Initiators

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the HBA initiators.

Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system

Storage-system setup guide and SANsurfer documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Host connectivity guide or Windows documentation

23 Server

Make LUNs available to

Windows

Prepare the LUNs to receive data by creating partitions on them.

24 Windows Server

2003 Server

Install optional

CLARiiON VSS provider

If you want applications to access SnapView functionality on the storage system using the VSS framework or other APIs, Install the optional

CLARiiON VSS provider on the server.

Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server.

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows

Installation Guide

25 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

Note If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

PowerPath product guide

7-12

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

25 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

Identify the HBA or NIC sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA or NIC.

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA or NIC.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Reference Document

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

7-13

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage

System Without Boot Disk

This checklist is for an existing storage system that will not contain a

Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 boot disk. If you want the existing storage system to contain a boot disk, use the procedure that

starts on 7-25.

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the

Access Logix enabler installed.

Task

1 Server

Install HBAs or

NICs and driver

2 Server with

CX500i storage system

With Access Logix

Install HBAs or NICs.

Install HBA or NIC driver.

For NICs

Download and install Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator.

Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool (for example, Start >

Settings > Network

Connections) to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each NIC.

For iSCSI HBAs

Download and install QLogic

SANsurfer.

Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each iSCSI HBA.

N/A

Without Access Logix

Install HBAs.

Install HBA driver.

Reference Document

HBA or NIC documentation for

HBAs, see URL on 7-5)

Microsoft documentation

QLogic SANsurfer documentation

7-14

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

3 Server

Set HBA driver properties

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for

CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for

CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(for HBAs, see URL on

7-5)

4 Server

Install PowerPath

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states, PowerPath will not see any logical disks

(LUNs) in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected.

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states, PowerPath will not see any logical disks

(LUNs) in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Windows installation and administrator’s guide0-

5 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and

Navisphere CLI.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and

Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software Installation guide for Windows or

Windows Agent and CLI installation guide

For a CX500i storage system, reboot server either after the Host

Agent installation is complete or when the Server Utility dialog prompts you to reboot.

If you do not reboot before you run the Microsoft iSCSI Software

Initiator to configure iSCSI NIC initiators, the initiators will not log in to the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk

7-15

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

6 Server

Install admsnap and/or admhost

7 Storage System

Update software

8 Server

Connect to storage-system management

LAN

With Access Logix

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

Without Access Logix

N/A

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows installation guide or

SnapView installation guide (revision A02 or higher)

If the server has LUNs that will participate in a SAN Copy session, install the admhost utility.

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows installation guide or SAN

Copy installation guide

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

Cable the server to the LAN connected to the storage-system management port on each SP.

Cable the server to the LAN connected to the storage-system management port on each SP.

Storage-system setup guide

9 Server

Cable to Fibre

Channel switches, network, or storage-system data ports

For a CX200, CX300, CX400, CX500,

CX600, or CX700 storage system

Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre

Channel switch connected to the storage system or to the storage-system Fibre Channel data ports.

For a CX200, CX300, CX400, CX500,

CX600, or CX700 storage system

Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre

Channel switch connected to the storage system or to the storage-system Fibre Channel data ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each

HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Switch documentation

7-16

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

9 Server

Cable to Fibre

Channel switches, network, or storage-system data ports (cont.)

With Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Without Access Logix

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Reference Document

Switch documentation

Storage-system setup guide

For a CX500i storage system

Cable the HBA or NICs ports to the network connected to the storage-system iSCSI data ports or directly to the storage-system iSCSI data ports.

Checkpoint - For a network connection with the server, verify the storage-system connections to the network router or switch by checking the LED(s) for the router or switch port connected to each

SP port.

10 Server With a

CX500i Storage

System

Configure server iSCSI initiator ports

For NICs

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software

Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC port.

N/A

For iSCSI HBAs

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the iSCSI initiators for each HBA port.

Switch documentation

Storage-system setup guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk

7-17

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

11 Fibre Channel

Switches

Zone additional paths

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each HBA port (host initiator) to the appropriate SPs.

Fibre Channel switch management documentation

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or

MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

For a CX-Series or

FC4700-Series storage system, go to step 13.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to step 14.

12 Storage System

Register HBAs or

NICs

On the server, restart the

Navisphere Host Agent or run the

Navisphere Server Utility.

N/A Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows installation guide or storage-system setup guide

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA or NIC is registered with the storage system.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

7-18

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

13 CX-Series or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA or NIC ports

(initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Go to step 15.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help or

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties to the values for PowerPath:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Go to step 15.

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk

7-19

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

14 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA or NIC ports

(initiators):

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere CLI reference

15 Server

Make target SPs available

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

Windows documentation

7-20

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

16 Storage System

Configure

With Access Logix

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group.

Without Access Logix

If the server will use a new

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage

Group, and assign LUNs to the

Storage Group.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage

Group.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Reboot the server so Windows recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage

Group look like any other disks in the server.

Reboot the server so Windows recognizes the LUNs

Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server.

Windows documentation

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 13 or 14.

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 13 or 14.

PowerPath product guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk

7-21

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

16 Storage System

Configure (cont.)

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

17 CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional storage-system

CHAP security

If CHAP security is configured for the storage-system SP port connected to a new NIC or HBA initiator, the new initiator must use CHAP. If you want a new initiator to use the credentials already set for that SP port, you do not need to configure the storage-system

CHAP for the new initiator.

Use Navisphere Manager to configure initiator CHAP on the storage system for each new NIC or HBA that needs it configured.

N/A

18 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional server

CHAP security

If you configured CHAP security on the storage system, you must configure it for the server’s iSCSI Initiator.

N/A

For NIC Initiators

If CHAP is not already enabled on the storage system, use

Navisphere Manager to enable it.

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software

Initiator to configure initiator

CHAP on the NIC initiators on the server.

N/A

For iSCSI HBAs

If CHAP is already enabled on the storage system, use Navisphere

Manager to disable it.

N/A

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the

HBA initiators on the server.

If you disabled CHAP on the storage system, use Navisphere

Manager to re-enable CHAP on the storage system.

N/A

N/A

Without Access Logix

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide

Storage-system setup guide

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Storage-system setup guide and Microsoft documentation

Storage-system setup guide and SANsurfer documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

7-22

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

19 Server

Make LUNs available to

Windows

Prepare any new LUNs to receive data by creating partitions on them.

Prepare any new LUNs to receive data by creating partitions on

20 Windows Server

2003 Server

Install optional

CLARiiON VSS provider

If you want applications to access

SnapView functionality on the storage system using the VSS framework or other APIs, Install the optional CLARiiON VSS provider on the server.

N/A

Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server.

them.

Host connectivity guide or Windows documentation

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows

Installation Guide

21 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA or NIC sending

I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the powermt display dev= x

every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA or NIC.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System Without Boot Disk

7-23

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

21 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

PowerPath product guide

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA or

NIC.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore powermt restore

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

7-24

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage

System With Boot Disk

This checklist is for an existing storage system that will contain a

Windows Server 2003 or Windows 2000 boot disk. If you do not want the existing storage system to contain a boot disk, use the procedure

that starts on 7-14.

!

CAUTION

The RAID Group containing the boot LUN must consist of Fibre

Channel disks (not ATA disks).

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the

Access Logix enabler installed.

Task

1 Server

Install HBA s

2 Server

Set HBA driver properties

3 Server

Connect to storage-system management

LAN

With Access Logix

Install HBAs.

Note: A CX500i storage system cannot have a boot disk if it is connected to NICs in the server.

Without Access Logix

Install HBAs.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for

CLARiiON.

Host connectivity guide and HBA or

NIC documentation (for HBAs, see

URL on 7-5)

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Cable the server to the LAN connected to the storage-system management port on each SP.

Cable the server to the LAN connected to the storage-system management port on each SP.

Storage-system setup guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk

7-25

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

4 Server

Cable to Fibre

Channel switches, network, or storage-system data ports

For SAN with CX200, CX300, CX400,

CX500, CX600, or CX700 storage systems

Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre

Channel switch connected to the storage system.

For SAN with CX200, CX400, or

CX600 storage systems

Cable the HBA ports to the Fibre

Channel switch connected to the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each

HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

7-26

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

4 Server

Cable to Fibre

Channel switches, network, or storage-system data ports (cont.)

For direct attach with CX200,

CX300, CX400, CX500, CX600, or

CX700 storage systems

Cable the server to the storage system so only a maximum of

one path exists from the server to each SP.

For direct attach

Cable the server to the storage system so only a maximum of

one path exists from the server to each SP.

This means that for a multiple

HBA port server, you cable just one HBA port to one SP. You will cable additional HBA ports to the

SPs after you set up the boot disk.

This means that for a multiple

HBA port server, you cable just one HBA port to one SP. You will cable additional HBA ports to the

SPs after you set up the boot disk.

Storage-system setup guide.

5 Storage System

Configure

For a network with a CX500i storage system

Cable the server to the network connected to the storage-system data ports o only a maximum of

one path exists from the server to each SP.

N/A

This means that for a multiple

HBA port server, you cable just one HBA port to one SP. You will cable additional HBA ports to the

SPs after you set up the boot disk.

If the server will use an existing

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to connect the server to the Storage Group.

If the server will use a new

Storage Group, use Navisphere

Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create the Storage

Group, and assign LUNs to the

Storage Group.

CAUTION The RAID Group for the boot LUN must consist of

Fibre Channel disks ( not ATA disks).

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to the Storage

Group.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk

7-27

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

5 Storage System

Configure (cont.)

Reboot the server so Windows

Server 2003 or Windows 2000 recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage

Group look like any other disks in the server.

Reboot the server so Windows

Server 2003 or Windows 2000 recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs look like any other disks in the server.

Windows documentation

6 Server

Create HBA driver diskette

Create a diskette with the EMC

HBA driver from the HBA vendor’s web site.

7 Server

Set up HBA BIOS

If required, either update the

Emulex HBA firmware and/or

BIOS or update the QLogic HBA firmware and/or NVRAM.

Create a diskette with the EMC

HBA driver from the HBA vendor’s web site

If required, either update the

Emulex HBA firmware and/or

BIOS or update the QLogic HBA firmware and/or NVRAM.

Reboot the server.

Set up HBA BIOS.

Reboot the server.

Set up HBA BIOS.

URL on 7-5

HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

8 Fibre Channel

Switches

Zone

9 Storage System

Register HBAs

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a single from the server to each SP.

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a single from the server to each SP.

Switch management documentation

Checkpoint - Use Fibre Channel switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use Fibre Channel switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Connectivity Status dialog box to register each HBA with the storage system.

N/A Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

10 Server

Prepare for installing operating system

Disconnect any SCSI hard disk connected to the server.

11 Server

Install Windows

Server 2003 or

Windows 2000

Install Windows Server 2003 or

Windows 2000 and the HBA driver on the boot LUN in the storage system.

Note: During the installation procedure, you will partition the boot

LUN.

Disconnect any SCSI hard disk connected to the server.

Configure the HBA boot BIOS.

Configure the HBA boot BIOS.

Install Windows Server 2003 or

Windows 2000 and the HBA driver on the boot LUN in the storage system.

Note: During the installation procedure, you will partition the boot

LUN

HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

Windows documentation and HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

7-28

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

12 Server

Set HBA driver properties

With Access Logix

Reinstall HBA driver.

Without Access Logix

Reinstall HBA driver.

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for

CLARiiON.

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for

CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

13 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For a CX-Series or FC4700-Series storage system

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

For a CX-Series or FC4700-Series storage system

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help or

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default failover mode and array commpath properties to the values for PowerPath:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk

7-29

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

13 Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

For an FC4500 storage system

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s HBA ports (initiators):

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs.

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere CLI reference

For an FC4500 storage system

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

7-30

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

14 Server

Install PowerPath

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states, PowerPath will not see any logical disks

(LUNs) in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected.

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states, PowerPath will not see any logical disks

(LUNs) in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Windows installation and administrator’s guide

15 Fibre Channel

Switches

Zone additional paths

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide an additional paths from the server to each SP.

Zone the FIbre Channel switches to provide an additional paths from the server to each SP.

Switch management documentation

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or

MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk

7-31

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

15 Fibre Channel

Switches

Zone additional paths (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in

step 13.

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in

step 13.

Reference Document

PowerPath product guide

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

7-32

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server (direct attach only)

Cable additional paths

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

For a direct attach configuration, cable any additional HBA ports to

SP ports.

For a direct attach configuration, cable any additional HBA ports to

SP ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in

step 13.

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in

step 13.

PowerPath product guide

17 Server

Install Host

Agent or Server

Utility

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Navisphere Server Utility and the Navisphere CLI.

Install the Navisphere Host Agent or Server Utility and the

Navisphere CLI.

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows installation guide or

Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows installation guide

18 Server With a

CX500i Storage

System

Configure server iSCSI HBA initiator ports

Download and install QLogic

SANsurfer.

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each or for each HBA.

N/A Storage-system setup guide

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk

7-33

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

19 Server

Install admsnap and/or admhost

With Access Logix

If the server will be a SnapView production or secondary host, install the admsnap utility.

Without Access Logix

N/A

If the server has LUNs that will participate in a SAN Copy session, install the admhost utility.

20 Windows Server

2003 Server

Install optional

CLARiiON VSS provider

If you want applications to access

SnapView functionality on the storage system using the VSS framework or other APIs, Install the optional CLARiiON VSS provider on the server.

N/A

Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server.

21 CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional storage-system

CHAP security

If CHAP security is configured for the storage-system SP port connected to a new NIC or HBA initiator, the new initiator must use CHAP. If you want a new initiator to use the credentials already set for that SP port, you do not need to configure the storage-system

CHAP for the new initiator.

Use Navisphere Manager to configure initiator CHAP on the storage system for each new NIC or HBA that needs it configured.

N/A

22 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional server

CHAP security

If you configured CHAP security on the storage system, you must configure it for any new iSCSI HBA initiators in the storage system.

N/A

If CHAP is already enabled on the storage system, use Navisphere

Manager to disable it.

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the new HBA initiators on the server.

N/A

If you disabled CHAP on the storage system, use Navisphere

Manager to re-enable CHAP on the storage system.

N/A

7-34

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows installation guide

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows

Installation Guide

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Storage-system setup guide and Microsoft documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

23 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — New Windows Server and Existing Storage System With Boot Disk

7-35

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

23 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

24 Server

Make new LUNs available to

Windows

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt restore powermt restore

Prepare any new LUN, other than the boot LUN, to receive data by creating partitions on them.

Prepare any new LUN, other than the boot LUN, to receive data by creating partitions on them.

Host connectivity guide or Windows documentation

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

7-36

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New

Storage System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or

CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Windows ATF administrator’s guide or the Windows utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to its original state, and may result in lost data.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New Storage System

7-37

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

1 Server

Remove ATF or

CDE

With Access Logix Reference Document

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself

(see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have EMC Professional

Services remove it.

Removing ATF or CDE

CAUTION When you are prompted to restart the system during the ATF removal procedure, answer No and then click Finish.Do not reboot until you install PowerPath, even if the instructions for installing software (e.g.

HBA driver) tell you to do so.

2 Server

Install additional

HBA or NICs

If you need additional HBAs or NICs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA or NIC documentation (for

HBAs see URL on 7-5)

3 Server

Update Software

4 Server

Set HBA or NIC driver properties

If the following software is currently installed and not at the required

minimum revision ( 7-3), update it:

• HBA or NIC driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

• admhost

Make sure the HBA or NIC driver parameters are set to the values required for CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

HBA or NIC documentation (or HBAs see URL on 7-5)

CX-Series Server

Software Installation guide for Windows

HBA or NIC documentation (for

HBAs, see URL on 7-5)

For additional NICs

Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool (for example, Start > Settings

> Network Connections) to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each NIC.

Microsoft documentation

For additional iSCSI HBAs

Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each iSCSI HBA.

QLogic SANsurfer documentation

7-38

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

5 Server

Install PowerPath

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Contrary to what the PowerPath documentation states, PowerPath will not see any logical disks (LUNs) in the storage system at this point because the storage system has not been connected.

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Windows installation and administrator’s guide

6 Storage System

Install

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the

EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install the storage system in the cabinet, if not already installed.

Rails and cabinet documentation

7 Storage System

Cable management ports

Cable the storage-system management port on each SP to the network from which you will management the storage system.

Storage-system setup guide

8 Storage System

Initialize and install software enablers

Install the Navisphere Initialization Utility on a host on the same subnet as the storage-system management ports.

Storage-system setup guide

Use the Navisphere Initialization Utility to initialize the storage system.

If you have SAN Copy, SnapView, MirrorView, and/or MirrorView/A software, install their enablers.

For a CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system, continue to step 10.

For a CX500i storage system, go to step 11.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New Storage System

7-39

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

9 CX300, CX500, or

CX700 Storage

System

Cable to data ports to Fibre

Channel switch or server HBA ports

Cable storage-system data ports either to the Fibre Channel switch connected to the server HBA ports or directly to the server HBA ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the Fibre Channel switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide or storage-system setup guide

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both LEDs are green, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Go to step 13.

10 CX500i Storage

System

Cable to data ports to network, or server HBA or

NIC ports

Cable the storage-system iSCSI data ports either or to the network connected to the server HBA or NIC ports or directly to the server HBA or

NICs ports.

Checkpoint - For a network connection with the server, verify the storage-system connections to the network router or switch by checking the LED(s) for the router or switch port connected to each SP port.

Storage-system setup guide

Switch documentation

11 CX500i Storage

System

Configure iSCSi storage-system data ports

Use Navisphere Manager to configure network parameters for the storage-system iSCSI data ports.

Storage-system setup guide

12 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure any additional server iSCSI initiator ports

For NICs

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC port.

Microsoft documentation

For iSCSI HBAs

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each or for each HBA.

QLogix SANsurfer documentation

13 Storage System

Set up security

Use Navisphere Manager to define a global administrator and domain (if not already defined) and any additional users.

Navisphere security administrator’s guide and Navisphere

Manager online help

7-40

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

14 Storage System

Set Properties for

PowerPath

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype -config 3

navicli -h

hostname failovermode 1

navicli -h

hostname arraycommpath 1 where hostname is the IP address or network name of an SP in the storage system.

Reference Document

Navisphere CLI reference

15 Fibre Channel

Switches

Zone additional paths

16 Server

Make target SPs available

For a Fibre Channel SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each additional

HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

If SAN Copy, MirrorView, or MirrorView/A is installed, create any required zones.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Restart the Host Agent, then use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

If the disks are not visible, scan for them once more.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Switch management documentation

Windows documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New Storage System

7-41

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

17 Storage System

Configure

18 Storage System

Configure Event

Monitor

19 CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional CHAP security

With Access Logix

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the server to a Storage Group

Reboot the server so Windows recognizes the LUNs.

Now the LUNs in the Storage Group look like any other disks in the server.

Windows documentation

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that PowerPath sees all the paths to the LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator (Start > Programs

>

EMC

>

PowerPath

Administrator)

PowerPath product guide

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 14.

If you will monitor storage-system events, use Navisphere Manger to apply the desired event monitor templates to the storage system.

For a CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system, go to step 21.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help.

For a CX500i storage system, continue to step 19.

Use Navisphere Manager to configure CHAP on the storage system, but do not enable yet.

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

7-42

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

20 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional CHAP security for new iSCSI HBA or NIC initiators

For iSCSI HBA Initiators

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the HBA initiators.

Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system

For NIC initiators

Use Navisphere Manager to enable CHAP on the storage system.

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator to configure initiator CHAP on any new NIC initiators.

Storage-system setup guide and SANsurfer documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Microsoft documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

21 Server

Make LUNs available to

Windows

Prepare the LUNs to receive data by creating partitions on them.

Host connectivity guide or Windows documentation

22 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen LUN using the following PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA or NIC sending I/O to LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HB or NIC.

PowerPath product guide

View the output of the powermt display dev= x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA or NIC.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and New Storage System

7-43

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

22 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

(cont.)

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any LUNs to trespass, restore the LUNs to their original SP with the following

PowerPath command:

powermt restore

Reference Document

PowerPath Product guide

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

7-44

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing

Storage System

This checklist assumes that the existing Windows server and existing storage system are already connected in a Fibre Channel SAN, iSCSI network, or direct attach configuration. Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be performed before the service provider arrives, except for the removal of ATF or CDE, which you can have done by EMC Professional Services.

!

CAUTION

EMC no longer supports ATF or CDE. Before you transition your server from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, you must

Back up your server configurations.

Back up data on all storage systems connected to the server.

Remove ATF or CDE, which EMC recommends that EMC

Professional Services do, especially if your server configuration is complex. If you want to remove it yourself, you must use the procedure in the Removing ATF or CDE Software Before

Installing Other Failover Software document (P/N 069001173), which is on the Powerlink website with this roadmap.

Simply removing ATF or CDE using the uninstall procedure in the Windows ATF administrator’s guide or the Windows utilities administrator’s guide may not return the server to its original state, and may result in lost data.

If you are transitioning a MicroSoft Cluster Server (MSCS) configuration from ATF or CDE to PowerPath, perform the procedure in the checklist on each node in succession. While you perform the procedure on one node, you can leave the cluster services active on the other node, provided failure in a path to the storage system does not occur.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System

7-45

Windows Installation Checklists

The Without Access Logix column does not apply to CX300, CX500, CX500i, and CX700 storage systems because they ship from the factory with the

Access Logix enabler installed.

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

1 Server

Install additional

HBAs or NICs

If you need additional HBAs or

NICs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these

HBAs.

If you need additional HBAs to provide more paths to the storage system, install these HBAs.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

CAUTION Do not connect cables to the HBAs until you are told to do so later in this procedure.

HBA or NIC documentation (for

HBAs, see URL on 7-5)

2 Server

Remove ATF or

CDE

3 Server

Update Software

4 Server

Set HBA driver properties

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have

EMC Professional Services remove it.

If ATF or CDE is installed, then before continuing either remove it yourself (see caution before this checklist) or arrange to have

EMC Professional Services remove it.

Removing ATF or CDE instruction sheet

CAUTION When you are prompted to restart the system during the ATF removal procedure, answer No and then click Finish.Do not reboot until you install PowerPath, even if the instructions for installing software

(e.g. HBA driver) tell you to do so.

CAUTION When you are prompted to restart the system during the ATF removal procedure, answer No and then click Finish.Do not reboot until you install PowerPath, even if the instructions for installing software

(e.g. HBA driver) tell you to do so.

If the following software is currently installed and not at the

required minimum revision ( 7-3),

update it:

• HBA or NIC driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

• admsnap

• admhost

If the following software is currently installed and not at the

required minimum revision ( 7-3),

update it:

• HBA driver

• Navisphere Host Agent

HBA or NIC documentation (for

HBAs, see URL on

7-5)

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows

Installation Guide

Make sure the HBA driver properties are set to the values required for CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Make sure the HBA driver properties are set to the values required for CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

7-46

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

5 Server with

CX500i storage system

For additional NICs

Download and install Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator.

Use the appropriate Microsoft network tool (for example, Start >

Settings > Network

Connections) to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each NIC.

N/A Microsoft documentation

6 Storage System

Update software

For additional iSCSI HBAs

Download and install QLogic

SANsurfer.

Use SANsurfer to assign the network parameters (IP address, subnet mask, and gateway) for each iSCSI HBA.

QLogic SANsurfer documentation

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

If currently installed storage-system software is not at the required minimum revision, update it.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

CAUTION During the software update, hosts connected to the storage system will lose access to data if they do not have failover software or if all paths to an SP are down.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to

step 8.

For an FC4500 storage system, go to

step 8.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System

7-47

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

7 CX-Series or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

For new or replacement HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

Use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

Navisphere CLI reference

navicli -h

hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

navicli -h

hostname systemtype where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

hostname systemtype

-config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -h

-config 3

hostname systemtype

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

For new or replacement HBAs

(cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

For any HBAs (cont.)

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

failovermode 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1 navicli -h

hostname

arraycommpath 1

where hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

where

hostname is the IP address or network name of an

SP in the storage system.

Navisphere CLI reference

7-48

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

7 CX-Series or

FC4700-Series

Storage System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

Use Navisphere Manager’s

Failover Setup Wizard (selected from the Tools menu on the toolbar) to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA ports

(initiators):

Initiator Type to CLARiiON Open

Failover mode to 1

Array commpath to Enabled

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

Connect a computer to the serial port on the storage system.

For new HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

For any HBAs

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI command to determine the default storage-system type:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype navicli -np -d

device

systemtype

Storage-system setup guide

Navisphere CLI reference where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

If the default storage-system system type is not 3 (CLARiiON

Open), use the following

Navisphere CLI command to set it to 3:

navicli -np -d

device

systemtype -config 3

CAUTION The above command reboots both SPs at the same time.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System

7-49

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix

8 FC4500 Storage

System

Set properties for

PowerPath

(cont.)

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following default storage-system properties:

navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

failovermode 1 navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

navicli -np -d

device

arraycommpath 1

where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

Reference Document

For existing HBAs

An existing HBA is one that is registered with the storage system.

From the computer connected to the storage system’s serial port, use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the following storage-system properties for the server’s existing HBA existing ports (initiators):

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -type 3

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -failovermode 1

navicli -np -d

device

storagegroup -sethost -host

servername -arraycommpath 1 where device is the name of the computer port connected to the storage-system serial port (for example, com1).

servername is the name of the server with the HBAs

Navisphere CLI reference

7-50

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

9 Server

Install PowerPath

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Without Access Logix

Install PowerPath.

Reboot the server to complete the installation of PowerPath.

Checkpoint - Use Disk

Management to verify each path to the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use Disk

Management to verify each path to the storage system.

Reference Document

PowerPath release notes and PowerPath for

Windows installation and administrator’s guide

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Install any PowerPath patches from the Software downloads page on the EMC Powerlink website: http://powerlink.emc.com

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the

LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Checkpoint - Use one of the following ways to verify that

PowerPath sees the paths to the

LUNs:

• PowerPath Administrator

(Start > Programs

>

EMC >

PowerPath Administrator)

• PowerPath command

powermt display dev=all class=clariion

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify the server’s connection to the Storage Group.

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 7 or 8.

If PowerPath does not see the

LUNs

• Verify that you registered your

PowerPath license key if you have one.

• Verify that the storage-system properties are as defined in step 7 or 8.

PowerPath product guide

Windows documentation

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System

7-51

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix

For a CX500i storage system

Cable any additional HBA or

NICs ports to the network connected to the storage-system iSCSI data ports or directly to the storage-system iSCSI data ports.

N/A

Reference Document

10 Server

Cable additional

HBAs tor NICs to

Fibre Channel switches, network, or storage-system data ports

For any storage system except a

CX500i

Cable any additional HBA ports to the

Fibre Channel switch connected to the storage system or to the storage-system Fibre Channel data ports.

For any storage system except a

CX500i

Cable an additional HBA ports to the Fibre Channel switch connected to the storage system or to the storage-system Fibre

Channel data ports.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the HBA connections to the switch by checking the LED(s) for the switch port connected to each

HBA port.

Checkpoint - For a SAN, verify the storage-system connections to the switch by checking the

LED(s) for the switch port connected to each HBA port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 1-Gbit switch - LED is green, which indicates that the

HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

For a 2-Gbit switch - One of the following:

• The left LED is green and the right LED is off, which indicates that a 1-Gbit SP port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxB2 switch, both

LEDs are green, which indicates that a 2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

• For a DS-xxM2 switch, the left

LED is blue and the right LED is off, which indicates that a

2-Gbit HBA port is logged in to the switch port.

Storage-system setup guide

7-52

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix

10 Server

Cable additional

HBAs tor NICs to

Fibre Channel switches, network, or storage-system data ports (cont.)

Checkpoint - For a network connection with the server, verify the storage-system connections to the network router or switch by checking the LED(s) for the router or switch port connected to each

SP port.

Without Access Logix

11 Server With a

CX500i Storage

System

Configure additional server iSCSI initiator ports

For NICs

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software

Initiator on the server to configure the iSCSI initiators for each NIC port.

For iSCSI HBAs

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure the network parameters for each or for each HBA.

N/A

Reference Document

Switch documentation

Storage-system setup guide

12 Fibre Channel

Switches

Zone additional paths

For a SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each additional HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

For a SAN

Zone the Fibre Channel switches to provide a path from each additional

HBA port (host initiator) to the SPs.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify the switch connections to the storage system

Switch management documentation

13 Server

Register additional HBAs or NICs with storage system

Restart the Host Agent or run the

Server Utility, then use the Disk

Management tool to scan for disks.

Checkpoint - Use Navisphere

Manager’s Connectivity Status dialog box to verify that each HBA is registered with the storage system.

Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

Windows documentation

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System

7-53

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Without Access Logix

14 CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional storage-system

CHAP security

If CHAP security is configured for the storage-system SP port connected to a new NIC or HBA initiator, the new initiator must use CHAP. If you want a new initiator to use the credentials already set for that SP port, you do not need to configure the storage-system

CHAP for the new initiator.

Use Navisphere Manager to configure initiator CHAP on the storage system for each new NIC or HBA that needs it configured.

N/A

15 Server With

CX500i Storage

System

Configure optional server

CHAP security

If you configured CHAP security on the storage system, you must configure it for any new iSCSI initiator’s in the storage system.

N/A

For NIC Initiators

If CHAP is not already enabled on the storage system, use

Navisphere Manager to enable it.

Use Microsoft iSCSI Software

Initiator to configure initiator

CHAP on the new NIC initiators on the server.

For iSCSI HBAs

If CHAP is already enabled on the storage system, use Navisphere

Manager to disable it.

Use QLogic SANsurfer to configure initiator CHAP on the new iSCSI HBA initiators on the server.

If you disabled CHAP on the storage system, use Navisphere

Manager to re-enable CHAP on the storage system.

N/A

Reference Document

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

Storage-system setup guide and QLogix

SANsurfer documentation

Storage-system setup guide and Manager online help

7-54

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

16 Server

Make LUNs available to additional HBAs

With Access Logix Without Access Logix

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server and its Storage Group.

N/A

Restart the Host Agent, then use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

For an FC4500 storage system

Disconnect the computer from the serial port on the storage system.

Reference Document

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Windows documentation

Storage-system setup guide

17 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

If you have a PowerPath license key

If your PowerPath license key is not registered, the load balancing policy is restricted to basic failover.

View the LUNs available to the server using the following

PowerPath command:

PowerPath product guide

powermt display dev=all class=clariion powermt display dev=all class=clariion

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

Choose one available LUN to receive I/O for the test.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

View the paths to the chosen

LUN using the following

PowerPath command:

powermt display dev=

x every=2 where x is a pseudo device that represents the chosen LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Start I/O to the LUN.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

Identify the HBA sending I/O to

LUN by viewing the output of the

powermt display dev=

x every=2 command, and disconnect the cable to that HBA.

PowerPath Checklist — Existing Windows Server and Existing Storage System

7-55

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

17 Server

Test PowerPath with a license key (cont.)

With Access Logix Without Access Logix Reference Document

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

View the output of the powermt

display dev=

x every=2 command, and verify that

• The state of the uncabled path(s) becomes “dead.”

• I/O continues to the remaining path(s) to the LUN , indicating that the path failover was successful, and PowerPath is working properly.

PowerPath product guide

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

Reconnect the cable that you disconnected from the HBA.

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

If you did not follow the above steps exactly and caused any

LUNs to trespass, restore the

LUNs to their original SP with the following PowerPath command:

powermt restore powermt restore

7-56

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

DMP Configurations for Windows

Read this section if you are installing a Windows 2000 VERITAS DMP configuration with a new server and a new storage system. A new server and a new storage system are defined as follows:

new server

- A server running Windows 2000 and not connected to any storage system.

new storage system

- A CX300, CX500, or CX700 storage system that has factory default settings and has never been connected to a server.

Topics relating to the checklist for Windows DMP configurations are

Required Host Software Revisions................................................ 7-57

Prerequisites ..................................................................................... 7-58

Documentation................................................................................. 7-59

DMP Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage

System .............................................................................................. 7-60

Required Host

Software Revisions

This section lists the required software revisions for Windows 2000 configurations.

Windows 2000 operating system revision and any service pack listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

HBA driver revision listed in the EMC Support Matrix on the

Powerlink website ( http://powerlink.emc.com

)

VxVM 3.1 for Windows 2000 with HotFix01 or higher

Refer to the EMC Support Matrix and the EMC PowerPath for Windows administrator’s guide on the Powerlink website

( http://powerlink.emc.com

) for the specific revision required for your

Windows 2000 version.

DMP Configurations for Windows

7-57

Windows Installation Checklists

Prerequisites

All switches must be installed.

Storage systems must be set up, initialized (if required), and connected to switches, and any optional storage-system software

(Access Logix, SnapView, SAN Copy, MirrorView,

MirrorView/A) you have must be installed.

You have installed Navisphere Manager.

If any storage systems have SnapView, the admsnap utility must be installed on the servers that will be the SnapView production and secondary hosts.

If any storage systems have SAN Copy, the admhost utility must be installed on the servers that have access to LUNs participating in a SAN Copy session.

You must have a host that is

• Running an operating system that can support the Navisphere

Manager 6.X browser-based client. For an up-to-date list of such operating systems, refer to the Navisphere Manager 6.X release notes on http://powerlink.emc.com

.

• On a network that is connected to the storage-system servers and that will be connected to the SPs in the storage systems.

You must have planned your LUNs and RAID Groups, and

Storage Groups if you have Access Logix. Be sure to consider requirements for SAN Copy, SnapView, and MirrorView if you have this software. The EMC CLARiiON CX300, CX500, CX500i,

and CX700 Storage Systems Configuration Planning Guide (P/N

300-001-273) will help you with this planning.

7-58

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Documentation

Windows Installation Checklists

Each checklist refers to some or all of the documents listed below. We recommend that you load these documents on your service laptop before starting the installation.

Documentation that ships with the HBA and HBA driver.

This documentation is also available from the following websites.

For Emulex HBAs and drivers: http://www.emulex.com/ts/docoem/framemc.htm

For QLogic HBAs and drivers: http://www.qlogic.com/support/drivers_software.asp and select EMC in the OEM-approved Drivers/Firmware list at the bottom of the page.

Documentation that ships with the

• Switches and switch management software

• Microsoft Windows 2000 operating system

• VERITAS Volume Manager

EMC Navisphere Host Agent and CLI for Windows Version 6.X

Installation Guide (P/N 069001151) or

EMC CX-Series Server Software for Windows Installation Guide

(P/N300-002-038)

EMC Navisphere Command Line Interface (CLI) Reference

(P/N 069001038)

EMC Navisphere Manager Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001125)

EMC Navisphere Security Administrator’s Guide (P/N 069001124)

EMC Host Connectivity Guide for Windows (P/N 300-000-603)

DMP Configurations for Windows

7-59

Windows Installation Checklists

DMP Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

Tasks highlighted with grey in the checklist should be completed before the service provider arrives.

Task With Access Logix

1 Server

Install HBAs and driver

Install HBAs.

Install HBA driver.

2 Server

Set HBA driver properties

Set the HBA driver parameters to the values required for CLARiiON.

CAUTION Using improper settings can cause erratic failover behavior, such as greatly increased I/O delays.

3 Storage System

Configure

4 Storage System

Set up Event

Monitor

5 Storage System

Set properties

Reference Document

HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

Host connectivity guide and HBA documentation

(see URL on 7-5)

Use Navisphere Manager to set general storage-system properties.

Use Navisphere Manager to create RAID Groups, bind LUNs, create

Storage Groups, and assign LUNs to Storage Groups.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Plan your monitoring configuration.

Use Navisphere Manager to set user options, create templates, and set up your monitoring configuration.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use the following Navisphere CLI commands to set the default storage-system arraycommpath and failover mode properties:

navicli -h

sp arraycommpath 1

navicli -h

sp storagegroup -sethost -host windows_host -failovermode

1

where sp is the IP address or network name of the SP in the storage system.

windows_host is the name of the Windows server.

Navisphere CLI reference

7-60

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

6 Switch

Zone switches for one path from server to storage system

For a SAN

Zone switches so that only one path exists between a server and the storage system.

This provides a path from one host initiator (HBA port) to only one SP.

You will need to know the WWPN of a host initiator - available in the switch’s name server table.

Documentation that ships with the switches

Reboot Windows.

Windows documentation

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify that the HBA and storage system are logged in to the switch as fabric ports, and to verify that the HBA sees only the target (SP) to which it is zoned.

Documentation that ships with the switches

7 Storage System

Register one host initiator

Use the Connectivity Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to register only one host initiator with the storage system.

8 Storage System

Connect host initiator to

Storage Group

9 Server

Install Volume

Manager

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use Navisphere Manager to connect the host initiator to its Storage Group. Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

If the disks are not visible, scan for them once more.

Windows documentation

Install VERITAS Volume Manager for Windows 2000 on the server.

Install any recommended VERITAS updates.

If the server is running VERITAS Volume Manager 3.1 with Service Pack 1, skip to step 11.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

10 Server

Install the

CLARiiON DMP driver

11 Server

Add storage system to DMP management

Server is running a version of Volume Manager prior to version 3.1 with

Service Pack 1

Download the CLARiiON DMP driver to the server from Services on the

VERITAS website.

In the directory where you downloaded the driver, double-click the

install.cmd file to install the driver.

Reboot Windows.

Use VERITAS Enterprise Administrator to turn off Exclude in the array settings menu for a LUN’s path for the storage system.

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

DMP Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

7-61

Windows Installation Checklists

Task With Access Logix Reference Document

12 Switch

Zone switches additional paths from server to storage system

For a SAN

Zone switches so that all desired paths exists between a server and the storage system.

You will need to know the WWPN of the host initiators - available in the switch’s name server table.

Checkpoint - Use switch management software to verify that the HBAs and storage system are logged in to the switch as fabric ports, and to verify that each HBA sees only the targets (SPs) to which it is zoned.

Documentation that ships with the switches

13 Storage System

Register additional host initiators

Use the Connectivity Status dialog in Navisphere Manager to register the additional host initiators with the storage system.

14 Storage System

Connect Storage

Group to additional host

Use Navisphere Manager to disconnect and then reconnect the server from its Storage Group.

You can do this from the Host tab of the Storage Group Properties dialog.

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Navisphere Manager administrator’s guide and online help

Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

If the disks are not visible, scan for them once more.

Windows documentation

15 Server

Make LUNs available to both

SPs

Use the Disk Management tool to scan for disks.

Log into VERITAS Enterprise Administrator (VEA).

16 Server

Verify DMP installation

Click the host name for the server.

Click disks.

Click a device that you know belongs to the CLARiiON storage system.

Click the paths tab for that device.

Windows documentation

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

VERITAS Volume

Manager documentation

Verify that the device has primary and secondary paths to it.

Verify the state of the device (enabled or disabled).

7-62

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Windows Installation Checklists

Task

17 Windows Server

2003 Server

Install optional

CLARiiON VSS provider

With Access Logix

If you want applications to access SnapView functionality on the storage system using the VSS framework or other APIs, Install the optional

CLARiiON VSS provider on the server.

Note that Navisphere CLI must be installed on the server.

Reference Document

CX-Series Server

Software for Windows

Installation Guide

You are now ready to set up any optional software, such as SnapView or MirrorView, on the storage system.

DMP Checklist — New Windows Server and New Storage System

7-63

Windows Installation Checklists

Using Windows DMP

When you use Windows 2000 DMP for CLARiiON, you need to take into account the following behaviors for LUNs under DMP management:

After Windows 2000 reboots, one SP owns all the LUNs. If you want the other SP to own any LUNs, you must manually transfer ownership of (trespass) those LUNs to the other SP using the

Navisphere Manager or CLI.

Windows DMP for CLARiiON does not support auto-restore for

LUNs. If a failure occurs in a path to an SP, Windows DMP transfers ownership of LUNs to the other SP, but it does not transfer ownership back to the original SP when the path is repaired. The server does not lose access to the transferred LUNs.

If you want the original SP to access any LUNs for load balancing, you must manually transfer ownership of those LUNs back to the

SP using the Navisphere Manager or CLI.

If I/O is occurring between a server and a LUN, you cannot use

Navisphere to transfer ownership of the LUN from one SP to the other SP.

Adding more than 40 LUNs to a Storage Group may cause

Windows 2000 to crash.

The Navisphere Host Agent does not register host information with the storage system correctly.

7-64

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

nvisible Body Tag

A

Customer Support

This appendix reviews the EMC process for detecting and resolving software problems, and provides essential questions that you should answer before contacting the EMC Customer Support Center.

This appendix covers the following topics:

Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems .........................A-2

Troubleshooting the Problem ..........................................................A-3

Before Calling the Customer Support Center ...............................A-4

Documenting the Problem...............................................................A-5

Reporting a New Problem ...............................................................A-6

Sending Problem Documentation...................................................A-7

Customer Support

A-1

Customer Support

Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems

EMC software products are supported directly by the EMC Customer

Support Center in the United States.

EMC uses the following process to resolve customer problems with

its software products (Figure A-1).

Problem

Detection

Refer to this

Customer Support

Appendix for Instructions

Collect Problem

Information as

Directed

Contact the EMC Customer

Support Center:

U.S.:

Canada:

(800) SVC-4EMC

Worldwide:

(800) 543-4SVC

(508) 497-7901

Confirm that the

Problem is Software

Related

Call will be Directed to an EMC Software

Support Engineer

Problem is

Tracked and

Managed to

Resolution

Figure A-1

Problem Detection and Resolution Process

A-2

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Customer Support

Troubleshooting the Problem

Please perform the relevant diagnostic steps before you contact the

EMC Customer Support Center:

1. Read the documentation carefully.

2. Reconstruct the events leading up to the problem and describe them in writing.

3. Run some test cases to reproduce the problem.

If you encounter a problem that requires technical programming or analysis, call the nearest EMC office or contact the EMC Customer

Support Center at one of the following numbers:

United States: (800) 782-4362 (SVC-4EMC)

Canada:

(800) 543-4782 (543-4SVC)

Worldwide:

(508) 497-7901

Please do not request a specific support representative unless one has already been assigned to your particular system problem.

For additional information on EMC products and services available to customers and partners, refer to the EMC Powerlink website at: http://powerlink.EMC.com

Troubleshooting the Problem

A-3

Customer Support

Before Calling the Customer Support Center

Have the following information available before calling the Customer

Support Center or your support representative (if one has been assigned to you):

❑ Your company name

❑ Your name

❑ Your phone number

❑ For an existing problem, the problem tracking system ID, if one was previously assigned to the problem by a support representative

A-4

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Customer Support

Documenting the Problem

If the EMC Customer Support Center requests information regarding the problem, please document it completely, making sure to include the following information:

❑ Your company name and address

❑ Your name

❑ Your telephone number

❑ The importance of the problem, so that it can be assigned a priority level

To expedite the processing of your support request, you can photocopy this list and include it with the package.

Documenting the Problem

A-5

Customer Support

Reporting a New Problem

For a new problem, please provide the following information:

❑ Release level of the software that you are running

❑ Software installation parameters

❑ Host type on which you are running

❑ Operating system you are running and its release number

❑ Functions of the software that you are running

❑ Whether you can reproduce the problem

❑ Previous occurrences of the problem

❑ Whether the software has ever worked correctly

❑ Time period that the software did work properly

❑ Conditions under which the software worked properly

❑ Changes to your system between the time the software worked properly and the problem began

❑ Exact sequence of events that led to the system error

❑ Message numbers and complete text of any messages that the system produced

❑ Log file dated near the time the error occurred

❑ Results from tests that you have run

❑ Other related system output

❑ Other information that may help solve the problem

A-6

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

Customer Support

Sending Problem Documentation

Use one of the following methods to send documentation of the problem to the EMC Customer Support Center:

E-mail

FTP

U.S. mail to the following address:

EMC Customer Support Center

171 South Street

Hopkinton, MA 01748-9103

If the problem was assigned a number or a specific support representative, please include that information in the address as well.

Sending Problem Documentation

A-7

Customer Support

A-8

EMC Installation Roadmap for CX-Series and FC-Series Storage Systems

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

advertisement

Table of contents